US20090148457A1 - Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof - Google Patents
Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20090148457A1 US20090148457A1 US12/365,495 US36549509A US2009148457A1 US 20090148457 A1 US20090148457 A1 US 20090148457A1 US 36549509 A US36549509 A US 36549509A US 2009148457 A1 US2009148457 A1 US 2009148457A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- antibody
- hgf
- hgf receptor
- antagonist
- cells
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 229940122122 Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 title description 2
- 108091008603 HGF receptors Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 152
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 113
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 113
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 87
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 67
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 39
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 33
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 102000003745 Hepatocyte Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 108090000100 Hepatocyte Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 102000027430 HGF receptors Human genes 0.000 claims abstract 29
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 206
- 101000898034 Homo sapiens Hepatocyte growth factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 104
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 84
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 79
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 79
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 claims description 76
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 44
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 40
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 31
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 31
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 29
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 28
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 28
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 26
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 claims description 26
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 claims description 26
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000057308 human HGF Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 abstract description 22
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 abstract description 17
- 102100022623 Hepatocyte growth factor receptor Human genes 0.000 description 123
- 102100021866 Hepatocyte growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 100
- 101001076408 Homo sapiens Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 100
- 101000868152 Homo sapiens Son of sevenless homolog 1 Proteins 0.000 description 100
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 75
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 68
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 59
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 39
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 35
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 35
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 35
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 33
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 31
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 28
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 23
- 235000014680 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Nutrition 0.000 description 23
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 22
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 18
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 18
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 17
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 17
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 15
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 14
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 12
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 12
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 10
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 10
- 239000012911 assay medium Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 10
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 241000829100 Macaca mulatta polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 9
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 9
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 9
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000001516 cell proliferation assay Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 229940124452 immunizing agent Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 9
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 8
- 102100024746 Dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108020001096 dihydrofolate reductase Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 8
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 8
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 7
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 7
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 7
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000002297 mitogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 7
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 6
- 102000008055 Heparan Sulfate Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 229920002971 Heparan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 6
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000772415 Neovison vison Species 0.000 description 6
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 108090000054 Syndecan-2 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001270 agonistic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 6
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000006167 equilibration buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- -1 isocytochrome C Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 210000005265 lung cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 6
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 6
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000010474 transient expression Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 6
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 5
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 5
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 5
- BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-CAXSIQPQSA-N geneticin Natural products O1C[C@@](O)(C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C(C)O)O2)N)[C@@H](N)C[C@H]1N BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-CAXSIQPQSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011534 wash buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 4
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 108010091358 Hypoxanthine Phosphoribosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 4
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 101100230982 Rattus norvegicus Hgf gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010022999 Serine Proteases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000012479 Serine Proteases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012148 binding buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960002433 cysteine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 4
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 4
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000589155 Agrobacterium tumefaciens Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 3
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000012413 Fluorescence activated cell sorting analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 102100029098 Hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000235649 Kluyveromyces Species 0.000 description 3
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000003792 Metallothionein Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 241000609499 Palicourea Species 0.000 description 3
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101150006914 TRP1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000008275 breast carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229960002743 glutamine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011532 immunohistochemical staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008676 import Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001360 methionine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- VYEWZWBILJHHCU-OMQUDAQFSA-N (e)-n-[(2s,3r,4r,5r,6r)-2-[(2r,3r,4s,5s,6s)-3-acetamido-5-amino-4-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[2-[(2r,3s,4r,5r)-5-(2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl]-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]-5-methylhex-2-enamide Chemical compound N1([C@@H]2O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]2O)O)C(O)C[C@@H]2[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]([C@@H](O2)O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](N)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)NC(=O)/C=C/CC(C)C)C=CC(=O)NC1=O VYEWZWBILJHHCU-OMQUDAQFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-prop-2-ynoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COCC#C GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UWTATZPHSA-N 3-phospho-D-glyceric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000013563 Acid Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010051457 Acid Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 101710154825 Aminoglycoside 3'-phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100022717 Atypical chemokine receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000304886 Bacilli Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000194108 Bacillus licheniformis Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701822 Bovine papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000251204 Chimaeridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N Cytarabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150074155 DHFR gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241000255925 Diptera Species 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001646716 Escherichia coli K-12 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000005731 Glucose-6-phosphate isomerase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010070600 Glucose-6-phosphate isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010031186 Glycoside Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005744 Glycoside Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101000678879 Homo sapiens Atypical chemokine receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000467 Interferon-beta Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010002386 Interleukin-3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-PVFLNQBWSA-N N-acetyl-alpha-D-glucosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-PVFLNQBWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N N-acetylglucosamine Natural products CC(=O)N[C@@H](C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004989 O-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000013566 Plasminogen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010051456 Plasminogen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700020978 Proto-Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000052575 Proto-Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000008022 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-met Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010089836 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-met Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000012979 RPMI medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108020005091 Replication Origin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000607720 Serratia Species 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- YJQCOFNZVFGCAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tunicamycin II Natural products O1C(CC(O)C2C(C(O)C(O2)N2C(NC(=O)C=C2)=O)O)C(O)C(O)C(NC(=O)C=CCCCCCCCCC(C)C)C1OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1NC(C)=O YJQCOFNZVFGCAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IXKSXJFAGXLQOQ-XISFHERQSA-N WHWLQLKPGQPMY Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C1=CNC=N1 IXKSXJFAGXLQOQ-XISFHERQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-VCSGLWQLSA-N alpha-L-iduronic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1O[C@@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-VCSGLWQLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000613 asparagine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007640 basal medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003636 conditioned culture medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001143 conditioned effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000022811 deglycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001976 enzyme digestion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000404 glutamine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 108020004445 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006602 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010067006 heat stable toxin (E coli) Proteins 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000984 immunochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N micophenolic acid Natural products OC1=C(CC=C(C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000003226 mitogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001181 motogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 229960000951 mycophenolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N mycophenolic acid Chemical compound OC1=C(C\C=C(/C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004989 spleen cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000341 threoninyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- MEYZYGMYMLNUHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tunicamycin Natural products CC(C)CCCCCCCCCC=CC(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C(CC(O)C2OC(C(O)C2O)N3C=CC(=O)NC3=O)OC1OC4OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C4NC(=O)C MEYZYGMYMLNUHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXYPGCIGRDZWNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-[[3-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-3-oxopropyl]disulfanyl]propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O FXYPGCIGRDZWNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UVGHPGOONBRLCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 6-[5-(2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl)pentanoylamino]hexanoate Chemical compound S1CC2NC(=O)NC2C1CCCCC(=O)NCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O UVGHPGOONBRLCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N (2R)-6-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R,3S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S,3S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-1-hydroxyethylidene)amino]-3-carboxy-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1,5-dihydroxy-5-iminopentylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H]([C@@H](C(=N[C@@H](CS)C(=N[C@@H](C)C(=N[C@@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@@H](CCC(=N)O)C(=NC(CS)C(=N[C@H]([C@H](C)O)C(=N[C@H](CS)C(=N[C@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CS)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](C)N=C(CN=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C(CN=C(C(CS)N=C(C(CC(=O)O)N=C(CN)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYBXNPIASYUWLN-WUCPZUCCSA-N (2s)-5-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC1CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)N1 KYBXNPIASYUWLN-WUCPZUCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003287 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=NC(C([H])([H])[*])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003923 2,5-pyrrolediones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WEEMDRWIKYCTQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethoxybenzenecarbothioamide Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(N)=S WEEMDRWIKYCTQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000979 2-amino-2-oxoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(=O)N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BIGBDMFRWJRLGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-benzyl-1,5-didiazoniopenta-1,4-diene-2,4-diolate Chemical compound [N-]=[N+]=CC(=O)C(C(=O)C=[N+]=[N-])CC1=CC=CC=C1 BIGBDMFRWJRLGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PINRUEQFGKWBTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-5-phenyl-1,3-oxazolidin-2-imine Chemical compound O1C(=N)N(C)CC1C1=CC=CC=C1 PINRUEQFGKWBTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-anilino-5-sulfonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC2=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1N=NC(C1=CC=CC(=C11)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLPWSMKACWGINL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azido-2-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(N=[N+]=[N-])C=C1O NLPWSMKACWGINL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710169336 5'-deoxyadenosine deaminase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940117976 5-hydroxylysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100036664 Adenosine deaminase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000256118 Aedes aegypti Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000256173 Aedes albopictus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710187573 Alcohol dehydrogenase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710133776 Alcohol dehydrogenase class-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100023635 Alpha-fetoprotein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004400 Aminopeptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000915 Aminopeptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001203868 Autographa californica Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713842 Avian sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108700003860 Bacterial Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026189 Beta-galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000255789 Bombyx mori Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000409811 Bombyx mori nucleopolyhedrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000222122 Candida albicans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010008342 Cervix carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282552 Chlorocebus aethiops Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000746 Chymosin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091062157 Cis-regulatory element Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UNPLRYRWJLTVAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cloperastine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)OCCN1CCCCC1 UNPLRYRWJLTVAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100007328 Cocos nucifera COS-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000557626 Corvus corax Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N D-alanine Chemical compound C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-alpha-Ala Natural products CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UWTATZPHSA-N D-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009946 DNA mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydro-luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1=CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000204 Dipeptidase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000255601 Drosophila melanogaster Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710202200 Endolysin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588914 Enterobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588921 Enterobacteriaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101800003838 Epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400001368 Epidermal growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588698 Erwinia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000867232 Escherichia coli Heat-stable enterotoxin II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fivefly Luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700662 Fowlpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Galacturonsaeure Natural products O=CC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010017993 Gastrointestinal neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700023863 Gene Components Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010073178 Glucan 1,4-alpha-Glucosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022624 Glucoamylase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000030595 Glucokinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021582 Glucokinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010015899 Glycopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002068 Glycopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000219146 Gossypium Species 0.000 description 1
- HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N HA peptide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100082540 Haemophilus influenzae (strain ATCC 51907 / DSM 11121 / KW20 / Rd) pcp gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010019663 Hepatic failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000009889 Herpes Simplex Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000209 Hexadimethrine bromide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000005548 Hexokinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700040460 Hexokinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000777314 Homo sapiens Choline kinase alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000777313 Homo sapiens Choline/ethanolamine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001012157 Homo sapiens Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001138544 Homo sapiens UMP-CMP kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000701109 Human adenovirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009786 Immunoglobulin Constant Regions Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009817 Immunoglobulin Constant Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018071 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010091135 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013463 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065825 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012745 Immunoglobulin Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079585 Immunoglobulin Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003996 Interferon-beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000008070 Interferon-gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588748 Klebsiella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001138401 Kluyveromyces lactis Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000007649 L alpha amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFFHZYDWPBMWHY-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homocysteine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCS FFFHZYDWPBMWHY-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010067125 Liver injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luciferin Natural products CCc1c(C)c(CC2NC(=O)C(=C2C=C)C)[nH]c1Cc3[nH]c4C(=C5/NC(CC(=O)O)C(C)C5CC(=O)O)CC(=O)c4c3C DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000007688 Lycopersicon esculentum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007993 MOPS buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710135898 Myc proto-oncogene protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038895 Myc proto-oncogene protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- OKIZCWYLBDKLSU-UHFFFAOYSA-M N,N,N-Trimethylmethanaminium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[N+](C)(C)C OKIZCWYLBDKLSU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N N-Acetyl-D-Galactosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical class ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acelyl-D-glucosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetyl-D-galactosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC(C=O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004988 N-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000061176 Nicotiana tabacum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002637 Nicotiana tabacum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100021079 Ornithine decarboxylase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700005126 Ornithine decarboxylases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010067372 Pancreatic elastase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016387 Pancreatic elastase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010087702 Penicillinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 240000007377 Petunia x hybrida Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000001105 Phosphofructokinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010069341 Phosphofructokinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012288 Phosphopyruvate Hydratase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022181 Phosphopyruvate Hydratase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241001505332 Polyomavirus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000016611 Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067787 Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588769 Proteus <enterobacteria> Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100027378 Prothrombin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010094028 Prothrombin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010011939 Pyruvate Decarboxylase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013009 Pyruvate Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005115 Pyruvate Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010802 RNA extraction kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004879 Racemases and epimerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001066 Racemases and epimerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700157 Rattus norvegicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000235070 Saccharomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000293869 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 240000003768 Solanum lycopersicum Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000256251 Spodoptera frugiperda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000269319 Squalius cephalus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000255588 Tephritidae Species 0.000 description 1
- FOCVUCIESVLUNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiotepa Chemical compound C1CN1P(N1CC1)(=S)N1CC1 FOCVUCIESVLUNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010034949 Thyroglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009843 Thyroglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000024770 Thyroid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710120037 Toxin CcdB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710150448 Transcriptional regulator Myc Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000005924 Triose-Phosphate Isomerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700015934 Triose-phosphate isomerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940122618 Trypsin inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101710162629 Trypsin inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010064390 Tumour invasion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091023045 Untranslated Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006105 Uterine Cervical Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000000188 Vaccinium ovalifolium Species 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001261 affinity purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004931 aggregating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012867 alanine scanning Methods 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010026331 alpha-Fetoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940037003 alum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCC1 VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-QIUUJYRFSA-N beta-D-glucuronic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-QIUUJYRFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010051210 beta-Fructofuranosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006635 beta-lactamase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010364 biochemical engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006287 biotinylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007413 biotinylation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000001531 bladder carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000053 blastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002092 busulfan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000009400 cancer invasion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005277 cation exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003729 cation exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007541 cellular toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000010881 cervical cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019065 cervical carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012412 chemical coupling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011098 chromatofocusing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940080701 chymosin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005289 controlled pore glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M coomassie brilliant blue Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009109 curative therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanogen bromide Chemical compound BrC#N ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006240 deamidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003413 degradative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- YSMODUONRAFBET-UHFFFAOYSA-N delta-DL-hydroxylysine Natural products NCC(O)CCC(N)C(O)=O YSMODUONRAFBET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021186 dishes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002228 disulfide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000008184 embryoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010030074 endodeoxyribonuclease MluI Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940116977 epidermal growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YSMODUONRAFBET-UHNVWZDZSA-N erythro-5-hydroxy-L-lysine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O YSMODUONRAFBET-UHNVWZDZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012869 ethanol precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011536 extraction buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003325 follicular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010749 gastric carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003500 gene array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108060003196 globin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018146 globin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002414 glycolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182470 glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002338 glycosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003630 glycyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 201000010536 head and neck cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000234 hepatic damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000548 hind-foot Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000487 histidyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(=O)O*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])N([H])C([H])=N1 0.000 description 1
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000003642 hunger Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001600 hydrophobic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012872 hydroxylapatite chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033444 hydroxylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005805 hydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002463 imidates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000014726 immortalization of host cell Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001571 immunoadjuvant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000568 immunological adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002637 immunotoxin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002596 immunotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000608 immunotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229940051026 immunotoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000027411 intracellular receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008582 intracellular receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002601 intratumoral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001573 invertase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011073 invertase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000010982 kidney cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BRHPBVXVOVMTIQ-ZLELNMGESA-N l-leucine l-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O.CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O BRHPBVXVOVMTIQ-ZLELNMGESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011031 large-scale manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000007270 liver cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008818 liver damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000007903 liver failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000835 liver failure Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000014018 liver neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150074251 lpp gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000005296 lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002752 melanocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N melphalan Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001924 melphalan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- YCXSYMVGMXQYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[(4-azidophenyl)disulfanyl]propanimidate Chemical compound COC(=N)CCSSC1=CC=C(N=[N+]=[N-])C=C1 YCXSYMVGMXQYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DFTAZNAEBRBBKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-sulfanylbutanimidate Chemical compound COC(=N)CCCS DFTAZNAEBRBBKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002025 microglial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008747 mitogenic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013365 molecular weight analysis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940035032 monophosphoryl lipid a Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000921 morphogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004899 motility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GNOLWGAJQVLBSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n,5,7-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-amine Chemical compound C1=C(C)C=C2C(N(C)C)CCCC2=C1C GNOLWGAJQVLBSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950006780 n-acetylglucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PDUSWJORWQPNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-propan-2-ylacetamide Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)=O PDUSWJORWQPNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108010058731 nopaline synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920002113 octoxynol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006384 oligomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950009506 penicillinase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005105 peripheral blood lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001322 periplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000013415 peroxidase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002704 polyhistidine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010055896 polyornithine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002714 polyornithine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009117 preventive therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940024999 proteolytic enzymes for treatment of wounds and ulcers Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940039716 prothrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005180 public health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003118 sandwich ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009738 saturating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013391 scatchard analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003607 serino group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000000717 sertoli cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037351 starvation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000498 stomach carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002385 streptomycin sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004114 suspension culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009210 therapy by ultrasound Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001196 thiotepa Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002175 thyroglobulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000013076 thyroid tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000013619 trace mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011573 trace mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-L-hydroxy-proline Natural products ON1CCCC1C(O)=O FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium vanadate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-][V]([O-])([O-])=O IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002753 trypsin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010087967 type I signal peptidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010570 urinary bladder carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003556 vascular endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- C07K16/2863—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against receptors for growth factors, growth regulators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B1/00—Layered products having a non-planar shape
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
- C07K2317/55—Fab or Fab'
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10T428/13—Hollow or container type article [e.g., tube, vase, etc.]
Definitions
- This application relates to hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists.
- the application also relates to the use of the antagonists in therapy or diagnosis of particular pathological conditions in mammals, including cancer.
- Hepatocyte growth factor functions as a growth factor for particular tissues and cell types. HGF was identified initially as a mitogen for hepatocytes [Michalopoulos et al., Cancer Res., 444:4414-4419 (1984); Russel et al., J. Cell. Physiol., 119:183-192 (1984); Nakamura et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 122:1450-1459 (1984)]. Nakamura et al., supra, reported the purification of HGF from the serum of partially hepatectomized rats.
- HGF human HGF
- rat HGF and huHGF have been molecularly cloned, including the cloning and sequencing of a naturally occurring variant lacking 5 amino acids designated “delta5 HGF” [Miyazawa et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 163:967-973 (1989); Nakamura et al., Nature, 342:440-443 (1989); Seki et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 172:321-327 (1990); Tashiro et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:3200-3204 (1990); Okajima et al., Eur. J. Biochem., 193:375-381 (1990)].
- huHGF The mature form of huHGF, corresponding to the major form purified from human serum, is a disulfide linked heterodimer derived by proteolytic cleavage of the human pro-hormone between amino acids R494 and V495. This cleavage process generates a molecule composed of an ⁇ -subunit of 440 amino acids (M r 69 kDa) and a ⁇ -subunit of 234 amino acids (M r 34 kDa).
- the nucleotide sequence of the huHGF cDNA reveals that both the ⁇ - and the ⁇ -chains are contained in a single open reading frame coding for a pre-pro precursor protein.
- an interchain S—S bridge is formed between Cys 487 of the ⁇ -chain and Cys 604 in the ⁇ -chain [see Nakamura et al., Nature , supra].
- the N-terminus of the ⁇ -chain is preceded by 54 amino acids, starting with a methionine group. This segment includes a characteristic hydrophobic leader (signal) sequence of 31 residues and the prosequence.
- the ⁇ -chain starts at amino acid (aa) 55, and contains four kringle domains.
- the kringle 1 domain extends from about aa 128 to about aa 206, the kringle 2 domain is between about aa 211 and about aa 288, the kringle 3 domain is defined as extending from about aa 303 to about aa 383, and the kringle 4 domain extends from about aa 391 to about aa 464 of the ⁇ -chain.
- huHGF shows high homology to the catalytic domain of serine proteases (38% homology to the plasminogen serine protease domain).
- huHGF appears to have no proteolytic activity, and the precise role of the ⁇ -chain remains unknown.
- HGF contains four putative glycosylation sites, which are located at positions 294 and 402 of the ⁇ -chain and at positions 566 and 653 of the ⁇ -chain.
- HGF/NK2 has been proposed by some investigators to be a competitive antagonist of mature huHGF. Hartmann et al. have reported, however, that HGF/NK2 may retain the ability to cause MDCK cells to scatter [Hartmann et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 89:11574-11578 (1992)].
- HGF/NK1 Another HGF variant, designated HGF/NK1, has also been reported to act as a competitive antagonist of HGF [Lokker et al., J. Biol. Chem., 268:17145-17150 (1993); Lokker et al., EMBO J., 11:2503-2510 (1992)]. That HGF/NK1 molecule, containing the N-terminal hairpin and the first kringle domain, was found to block binding of HGF to the HGF receptor on A549 human lung carcinoma cells. It was also found, however, that certain concentrations of the HGF/NK1 induced a detectable increase in receptor tyrosine phosphorylation in the A549 cells, suggesting some agonistic activity. Accordingly, it is believed that the agonist or antagonist action of HGF/NK1 may be dependent upon cell type.
- HGF and HGF variants are described further in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,227,158, 5,316,921, and 5,328,837.
- This receptor is usually referred to as “c-Met” or “p190 MET ” and typically comprises, in its native form, a 190-kDa heterodimeric (a disulfide-linked 50-kDa ⁇ -chain and a 145-kDa ⁇ -chain) membrane-spanning tyrosine kinase protein [Park et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 84:6379-6383 (1987)].
- Several truncated forms of the c-Met receptor have also been described [WO 92/20792; Prat et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 11:5954-5962 (1991)].
- the binding activity of HGF to c-Met is believed to be conveyed by a functional domain located in the N-terminal portion of the HGF molecule, including the first two kringles [Matsumoto et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 181:691-699 (1991); Hartmann et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 89:11574-11578 (1992); Lokker et al., EMBO J., 11:2503-2510 (1992); Lokker and Godowski, J. Biol. Chem., 268:17145-17150 (1991)].
- the c-Met protein becomes phosphorylated on tyrosine residues of the 145-kDa ⁇ -subunit upon HGF binding.
- the monoclonal antibodies were selected following immunization of Balb/c mice with whole living GTL-16 cells (human gastric carcinoma cell line) overexpressing the Met protein.
- GTL-16 cells human gastric carcinoma cell line
- the spleen cells obtained from the immunized mice were fused with Ag8.653 myeloma cells, and hybrid supernatants were screened for binding to GTL-16 cells.
- HGF binds to some heparin and heparan sulfate proteoglycans which are present on cell surfaces or in extracellular matrices [Rouslahti et al., Cell, 64:867-869 (1991); Lyon et al., J. Biol. Chem., 269:11216-11223 (1994)].
- Heparan sulfate is a glycosaminoglycan similar in composition and structure to heparin and is found on many mammalian cell surfaces.
- HSPGs heparin and heparan sulfate proteoglycans
- certain growth factors may have a more favorable conformation for binding to their respective high affinity receptors [Lindahl et al., Annual Rev. Biochem., 47:385-417 (1995)]; that HSPGs may serve as docking sites for certain growth factors facilitating the presentation of ligand to its high affinity receptor [Yayon et al., Cell, 64:841-848 (1991); Moscatelli et al., J. Biol.
- Mizuno et al. describe some experiments which attempted to locate heparin-binding sites within the HGF molecule [Mizuno et al., J. Biol. Chem., 269:1131-1136 (1994)]. Mizuno et al.
- HGFs constructed variously deleted mutant HGFs [d-K1 (deletion of first kringle domain); d-K2 (deletion of second kringle domain); d-K3 (deletion of third kringle domain); d-K4 (deletion of fourth kringle domain); d-beta (deletion of beta chain); d-H (deletion of N-terminal hairpin loop); and HK1K2 (consisting of N-terminal hairpin loop and the first and second kringle domains)] and examined their respective binding to an immobilized heparin column.
- the reference reports that the d-H and d-K2 mutants exhibited decreased binding to heparin affinity columns, while the native HGF and the other constructed HGF mutants tightly bound to the heparin columns.
- HGF Hepatocyte Growth Factor - Scatter Factor
- C - Met Receptor Goldberg and Rosen, eds., Birkhauser Verlag-Basel (1993), pp. 67-79]. It has been observed that levels of HGF increase in the plasma of patients with hepatic failure [Gohda et al., supra] and in the plasma [Lindroos et al., Hepatol., 13:734-750 (1991)] or serum [Asami et al., J.
- HGF has also been shown to be a mitogen for certain cell types, including melanocytes, renal tubular cells, keratinocytes, certain endothelial cells and cells of epithelial origin [Matsumoto et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 176:45-51 (1991); Igawa et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res.
- HGF can also act as a “scatter factor”, an activity that promotes the dissociation of epithelial and vascular endothelial cells in vitro [Stoker et al., Nature, 327:239-242 (1987); Weidner et al., J. Cell Biol., 111:2097-2108 (1990); Naldini et al., EMBO J., 10:2867-2878 (1991); Giordano et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 649-653 (1993)]. Moreover, HGF has recently been described as an epithelial morphogen [Montesano et al., Cell, 67:901-908 (1991)].
- HGF Hepatocyte Growth Factor - Scatter Factor
- C - Met Receptor Goldberg and Rosen, eds., Birkhauser Verlag-Basel (1993), pp. 131-165.
- Bellusci et al., Oncogene, 9:1091-1099 (1994) report that HGF can promote motility and invasive properties of NBT-II bladder carcinoma cells.
- c-Met RNA has been detected in several murine myeloid progenitor tumor cell lines [Iyer et al., Cell Growth and Differentiation, 1:87-95 (1990)]. Further, c-Met is expressed in various human solid tumors [Prat et al., Int. J. Cancer , supra]. Overexpression of the c-Met oncogene has also been suggested to play a role in the pathogenesis and progression of thyroid tumors derived from follicular epithelium [DiRenzo et al., Oncogene, 7:2549-2553 (1992)]. Chronic c-Met/HGF receptor activation has also been observed in certain malignancies [Cooper et al., EMBO J., 5:2623 (1986); Giordano et al., Nature, 339:155 (1989)].
- HGF and/or c-Met In view of the role of HGF and/or c-Met in potentiating or promoting such diseases or pathological conditions, it would be useful to have a means of substantially reducing or inhibiting one or more of the biological effects of HGF and c-Met.
- the invention provides HGF receptor antagonists which are capable of specifically binding to a HGF receptor.
- Preferred HGF receptor antagonists are capable of substantially reducing or inhibiting the mitogenic, motogenic (migration or scatter) or other biological activity of HGF or HGF receptor activation, and thus are useful in the treatment of various diseases and pathological conditions such as cancer.
- the HGF receptor antagonist is an antibody.
- this antagonist is a monoclonal antibody, and more preferably, is a Fab fragment of a monoclonal antibody.
- the invention also provides hybridoma cell lines which produce HGF receptor antagonist monoclonal antibodies.
- the invention also provides HGF receptor antagonists that comprise isolated polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequences of FIG. 1A (SEQ ID NO:1) and FIG. 1B (SEQ ID NO:2).
- the polypeptides consisting of the amino acid sequences of FIG. 1A (SEQ ID NO:1) and FIG. 1B (SEQ ID NO:2) correspond to the light chain and heavy chain, respectively, of monoclonal antibody 5D5 Fab, described herein.
- the invention also provides chimeric molecules comprising HGF receptor antagonist linked or fused to another, heterologous polypeptide or polymer.
- An example of such a chimeric molecule comprises a HGF receptor antagonist amino acid sequence linked or fused to an albumin sequence or polyethylene glycol (“PEG”) sequence.
- the invention further provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding HGF receptor antagonist.
- the nucleic acid molecule is RNA or DNA that encodes a HGF receptor antagonist or is complementary to a nucleic acid sequence encoding such HGF receptor antagonist, and remains stably bound to it under stringent conditions.
- the nucleic acid sequences are selected from:
- nucleic acid sequence of FIG. 1A that codes for residue 1 to residue 220 (i.e., nucleotides 1 through 660; SEQ ID NO:3), inclusive;
- nucleic acid sequence of FIG. 1B that codes for residue 1 to residue 230 (i.e., nucleotides 1 through 690; SEQ ID NO:4), inclusive; or
- the invention also provides a replicable vector comprising the nucleic acid molecule(s) encoding the HGF receptor antagonist operably linked to control sequence(s) recognized by a host cell transfected or transformed with the vector.
- a host cell comprising the vector or the nucleic acid molecule(s) is also provided.
- a method of producing HGF receptor antagonist which comprises culturing a host cell comprising the nucleic acid molecule(s) and recovering the protein from the host cell culture is further provided.
- the invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more HGF receptor antagonists in a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
- the pharmaceutical composition may be included in an article of manufacture or kit.
- the invention also provides methods of employing HGF receptor antagonists, including methods of inhibiting HGF receptor activation.
- the invention further provides methods for treating cancer comprising administering to a mammal diagnosed as having cancer an effective amount of a HGF receptor antagonist.
- the HGF receptor antagonist alone may be administered to the mammal, or alternatively, may be administered to the mammal in combination with other therapeutic agents such as anti-cancer agents.
- the antagonists can be used to block binding of HGF to HGF receptor(s) or substantially prevent HGF receptor activation, thereby treating pathologic conditions associated with binding of HGF to HGF receptor(s) or with the activation of HGF receptor(s).
- FIGS. 1A and 1B show the amino acid sequences (and encoding nucleotides) for the light chain ( FIG. 1A ) and heavy chain ( FIG. 1B ), respectively, of monoclonal antibody 5D5 Fab.
- FIG. 2 is a graph showing the inhibition of HGF binding to c-Met-IgG fusion protein by monoclonal antibody 1A3.3.13.
- FIG. 3 is a bar diagram showing the stimulatory effect of monoclonal antibodies 3D6, 6G1, and 1A3.3.13 on human mammary epithelial cells in a proliferation assay.
- FIG. 4 is a bar diagram showing the stimulatory effect of monoclonal antibodies 3D6, 05-237 and 05-238 on mink lung cells in a proliferation assay.
- FIG. 5 is a bar diagram showing the inhibitory effect of monoclonal antibody 1A3.3.13 Fab fragments on BaF3-hmet.8 cells in a proliferation assay.
- FIGS. 6A and 6B are FACS analysis graphs showing binding specificity of monoclonal antibody 5D5 to BaF3-hmet.8 cells expressing c-Met.
- FIG. 7 is a graph showing the inhibition of HGF binding to c-Met-IgG fusion protein by monoclonal antibody 5D5 and by 5D5 Fab.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B are graphs showing the inhibitory effect of 5D5 Fab on BaF3-hmet.8 cells in a proliferation assay.
- FIG. 9 is a graph showing the inhibitory effect of 5D5 Fab on a human breast carcinoma cell line (MDA-MB-435) which expresses c-Met.
- FIGS. 10A and 10B are bar diagrams showing the inhibitory effect of 5D5 Fab on c-Met tyrosine phosphorylation.
- FIGS. 11A-11C are graphs comparing inhibitory effects of NK1 ( FIG. 11A ), 5D5 Fab ( FIG. 11B ), and 5D5 Fab and rhuHGF ( FIG. 11C ) on BaF3-hmet.8 cells in a proliferation assay conducted in the presence or absence of heparin.
- FIG. 12 is a restriction map of plasmid p5D5 containing the discistronic operon for expression of the chimer 5D5 Fab.
- FIG. 13 is a graph showing the inhibition of HGF binding to c-Met-IgG fusion protein by recombinant 5D5 Fab.
- FIGS. 14A-14D are graphs comparing the inhibitory effect of recombinant 5D5 Fab and recombinant anti-VEGF Fab (control Fab) on BaF3-hmet.8 cells in a proliferation assay conducted in the presence or absence of heparin.
- hepatocyte growth factor and “HGF” refer to a growth factor typically having a structure with six domains (finger, Kringle 1, Kringle 2, Kringle 3, Kringle 4 and serine protease domains) and having the property of binding to a HGF receptor, as defined below.
- the terms “hepatocyte growth factor” and “HGF” include hepatocyte growth factor from humans (“huHGF”) and any non-human mammalian species, and in particular rat HGF.
- the terms as used herein include mature, pre, pre-pro, and pro forms, purified or isolated from a natural source, chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced.
- Human HGF is encoded by the cDNA sequence published by Miyazawa et al., 1989, supra, or Nakamura et al., 1989, supra.
- the sequences reported by Miyazawa et al. and Nakamura et al. differ in 14 amino acids. The reason for the differences is not entirely clear; polymorphism or cloning artifacts are among the possibilities. Both sequences are specifically encompassed by the foregoing terms. It will be understood that natural allelic variations exist and can occur among individuals, as demonstrated by one or more amino acid differences in the amino acid sequence of each individual.
- the HGF of the invention preferably has at least about 80% sequence identity, more preferably at least about 90% sequence identity, and even more preferably, at least about 95% sequence identity with a native mammalian HGF.
- hepatocyte growth factor and “HGF” specifically include the delta5 huHGF as disclosed by Seki et al., supra.
- HGF receptor and “c-Met” when used herein refer to a cellular receptor for HGF, which typically includes an extracellular domain, a transmembrane domain and an intracellular domain, as well as variants and fragments thereof which retain the ability to bind HGF.
- HGF receptor and “c-Met” include the polypeptide molecule that comprises the full-length, native amino acid sequence encoded by the gene variously known as p190 ME .
- the present definition specifically encompasses soluble forms of HGF receptor, and HGF receptor from natural sources, synthetically produced in vitro or obtained by genetic manipulation including methods of recombinant DNA technology.
- the HGF receptor variants or fragments preferably share at least about 65% sequence identity, and more preferably at least about 75% sequence identity with any domain of the human c-Met amino acid sequence published in Rodrigues et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 11:2962-2970 (1991); Park et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 84:6379-6383 (1987); or Ponzetto et al., Oncogene, 6:553-559 (1991).
- 5D5 Fab is used herein to refer to polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 1 to 220 of the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 1A (SEQ ID NO:1) and amino acid residues 1 to 230 of the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 1B (SEQ ID NO:2), as well as biologically active deletional, insertional, or substitutional variants thereof.
- the 5D5 Fab consists of the amino acid sequences shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B , which correspond to the light chain and heavy chain, respectively, of monoclonal antibody 5D5 Fab.
- the biologically active variants have at least about 80% sequence identity, more preferably at least about 90% sequence identity, and even more preferably, at least about 95% sequence identity with the sequences described above.
- the definition encompasses 5D5 Fab obtained from an antibody source, such as papain digestion of monoclonal antibody 5D5 described herein, or prepared by recombinant or synthetic methods, described for instance in Example 13 below.
- epitope tagged when used herein refers to a chimeric polypeptide comprising HGF receptor antagonist, or a portion thereof, fused to a “tag polypeptide”.
- the tag polypeptide has enough residues to provide an epitope against which an antibody can be made, yet is short enough such that it does not interfere with activity of the antagonist.
- the tag polypeptide preferably also is fairly unique so that the antibody does not substantially cross-react with other epitopes.
- Suitable tag polypeptides generally have at least six amino acid residues and usually between about 8 to about 50 amino acid residues (preferably, between about 10 to about 20 residues).
- the term “salvage receptor binding epitope” refers to an epitope of the Fc region of an IgG molecule (e.g., IgG 1 , IgG 2 , IgG 3 , or IgG 4 ) that is responsible for increasing the in vivo half-life of the IgG molecule.
- isolated when used to describe the various polypeptides disclosed herein, means polypeptide that has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would typically interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous solutes.
- the polypeptide will be purified (1) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (2) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under non-reducing or reducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain.
- Isolated polypeptide includes polypeptide in situ within recombinant cells, since at least one component of the HGF receptor antagonist natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated polypeptide will be prepared by at least one purification step. Homogeneity here means less than about 5% contamination with other source proteins and polypeptides.
- An “isolated” HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecule is a nucleic acid molecule that is identified and separated from at least one contaminant nucleic acid molecule with which it is ordinarily associated in the natural source of the HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid.
- An isolated HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecule is other than in the form or setting in which it is found in nature. Isolated HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecules therefore are distinguished from the HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecule as it exists in natural cells.
- an isolated HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecule includes HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecules contained in cells that ordinarily express HGF receptor antagonist where, for example, the nucleic acid molecule is in a chromosomal location different from that of natural cells.
- control sequences refers to DNA sequences necessary for the expression of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism.
- the control sequences that are suitable for prokaryotes include a promoter, optionally an operator sequence, and a ribosome binding site.
- Eukaryotic cells are known to utilize promoters, polyadenylation signals, and enhancers.
- Nucleic acid is “operably linked” when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence.
- DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide;
- a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence; or
- a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation.
- “operably linked” means that the DNA sequences being linked are contiguous, and, in the case of a secretory leader, contiguous and in reading phase. However, enhancers do not have to be contiguous. Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites. If such sites do not exist, the synthetic oligonucleotide adaptors or linkers are used in accordance with conventional practice.
- amino acid and “amino acids” refer to all naturally occurring L- ⁇ -amino acids. This definition is meant to include norleucine, ornithine, and homocysteine.
- amino acids are identified by either the single-letter or three-letter designations:
- Nucleotide bases referred to in the Sequence Listing and Figures include “A” (adenine), “C” (cytosine), “G” (guanine), “T” (thymine) and “S” (cytosine or guanine).
- heparin is used in a broad sense and refers to a heterogeneous group of sulfated, straight-chain anionic mucopolysaccharides, often referred to as glycosaminoglycans. Although others may be present, the main sugars in heparin are: ⁇ -L-iduronic acid 2-sulfate, 2-deoxy-2-sulfamino- ⁇ -glucose 6-sulfate, ⁇ -D-glucuronic acid, 2-acetamido-2-deoxy- ⁇ -D-glucose, and L-iduronic acid. These and optionally other sugars are typically joined by glycosidic linkages.
- the molecular weight of heparin typically varies from about 6,000 to about 20,000 Da depending on the source and the method of molecular weight determination. Heparin is a native constituent of various cells and tissues, especially liver and lung, in several mammalian species.
- heparin-independent when used herein describes HGF receptor antagonists which have substantially reduced ability to bind heparin or are unable to bind heparin, or heparin-like glycosaminoglycans, including heparan sulfate and proteoglycans. Determination of whether a HGF receptor antagonist is heparin-independent can be determined by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. Heparin-independence can be determined, for example, by assaying the antagonist for HGF blocking activity in the presence of heparin, as described in the Examples, and observing the activity of the molecule.
- agonist and “agonistic” when used herein refer to or describe a molecule which is capable of, directly or indirectly, substantially inducing, promoting or enhancing HGF biological activity or HGF receptor activation.
- antagonist and “antagonistic” when used herein refer to or describe a molecule which is capable of, directly or indirectly, substantially counteracting, reducing or inhibiting HGF biological activity or HGF receptor activation.
- HGF biological activity when used herein refers to any mitogenic, motogenic or morphogenic activities of HGF or any activities occurring as a result of HGF binding to a HGF receptor.
- HGF receptor activation refers to HGF receptor dimerization or HGF receptor-induced tyrosine kinase activity. HGF receptor activation may occur as a result of HGF binding to a HGF receptor, but may alternatively occur independent of any HGF binding to a HGF receptor.
- HGF biological activity may, for example, be determined in an in vitro or in vivo assay of hepatocyte growth promotion. Adult rat hepatocytes in primary culture have been used to test the effect of HGF on hepatocyte proliferation.
- the effect of a HGF receptor antagonist can be determined in an assay suitable for testing the ability of HGF to induce DNA synthesis of rat hepatocytes in primary cultures.
- Human hepatocytes can be cultured similarly to the methods established for preparing primary cultures of normal rat hepatocytes.
- the effect of a HGF receptor antagonist can be determined in an assay suitable for testing the ability of HGF to induce DNA synthesis in other types of cells expressing HGF receptor(s), such as mink lung cells or human mammary epithelial cells described in Examples 4 and 5.
- DNA synthesis can, for example, be assayed by measuring incorporation of 3 H-thymidine into DNA.
- the effectiveness of the HGF receptor antagonist can be determined by its ability to block proliferation and incorporation of the 3 H-thymidine into DNA.
- the effect of HGF receptor antagonists can also be tested in vivo in animal models.
- antibody is used herein in a broad sense and includes intact immunoglobulin or antibody molecules, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (i.e., bispecific antibodies formed from at least two intact antibodies) and immunoglobulin fragments (such as Fab, F(ab′) 2 , or Fv), so long as they exhibit any of the desired antagonistic properties described herein.
- Antibodies are typically proteins or polypeptides which exhibit binding specificity to a specific antigen. Native antibodies are usually heterotetrameric glycoproteins, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains.
- each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies between the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes.
- Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges.
- Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (V H ) followed by a number of constant domains.
- Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (V L ) and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain.
- the light chains of antibodies from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa ( ⁇ ) and lambda ( ⁇ ), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
- immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes.
- immunoglobulins There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG-1, IgG-2, IgG-3, and IgG-4; IgA-1 and IgA-2.
- the heavy chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called ⁇ , delta, epsilon, ⁇ , and ⁇ , respectively.
- Antibody fragments comprise a portion of an intact antibody, generally the antigen binding or variable region of the intact antibody.
- antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, and Fv fragments, diabodies, single chain antibody molecules, and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
- variable is used herein to describe certain portions of the variable domains which differ in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen.
- variability is not usually evenly distributed through the variable domains of antibodies. It is typically concentrated in three segments called complementarity determining regions (CDRs) or hypervariable regions both in the light chain and the heavy chain variable domains.
- CDRs complementarity determining regions
- FR framework
- the variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, largely adopting a ⁇ -sheet configuration, connected by three CDRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the ⁇ -sheet structure.
- the CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site of antibodies [see Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest , National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987)].
- the constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity.
- the term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts.
- the monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include “chimeric” antibodies in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired antagonistic activity [U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 (1984)].
- cancer and “cancerous” when used herein refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth.
- examples of cancer include but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, sarcoma, blastoma and leukemia. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer (small cell and non-small cell), gastrointestinal cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, pancreatic cancer, cervical cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon carcinoma, and head and neck cancer.
- cancer as used herein is not limited to any one specific form of the disease, it is believed that the methods of the invention will be particularly effective for cancers which are found to be accompanied by increased levels of HGF or overexpression or activation of HGF receptor in the mammal.
- treating refers to curative therapy, prophylactic therapy, and preventative therapy.
- mammal refers to any animal classified as a mammal, including humans, cows, horses, dogs and cats. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the mammal is a human.
- HGF receptor antagonists are provided.
- HGF receptor antagonists include antibodies, polypeptides, glycoproteins, glycopeptides, glycolipids, polysaccharides, oligosaccharides, nucleic acids, bioorganic molecules, peptidomimetics, pharmacological agents and their metabolites, transcriptional and translation control sequences, and the like.
- the HGF receptor antagonists of the invention comprise HGF receptor antibodies.
- the antagonist antibodies may be polyclonal antibodies. Methods of preparing polyclonal antibodies are known to the skilled artisan. Polyclonal antibodies can be raised in a mammal, for example, by one or more injections of an immunizing agent and, if desired, an adjuvant. Typically, the immunizing agent and/or adjuvant will be injected in the mammal by multiple subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injections.
- the immunizing agent includes the c-Met polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof. It may be useful to conjugate the immunizing agent to a protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized.
- immunogenic proteins examples include but are not limited to keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, and soybean trypsin inhibitor.
- An aggregating agent such as alum may also be employed to enhance the mammal's immune response.
- adjuvants examples include Freund's complete adjuvant and MPL-TDM adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A, synthetic trehalose dicorynomycolate).
- the immunization protocol may be selected by one skilled in the art without undue experimentation.
- the mammal can then be bled, and the serum assayed for HGF receptor antibody titer. If desired, the mammal can be boosted until the antibody titer increases or plateaus.
- the antagonist antibodies of the invention may, alternatively, be monoclonal antibodies.
- Antagonist monoclonal antibodies of the invention may be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256:495 (1975).
- a hybridoma method a mouse or other appropriate host animal, is typically immunized (such as described above) with an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent.
- the lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro.
- the immunizing agent includes the c-Met polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof.
- the immunizing agent may alternatively comprise a fragment or portion of HGF or a HGF receptor having one or more amino acid residues that participate in the binding of HGF to its receptor.
- the immunizing agent comprises an extracellular domain of c-Met fused to an IgG sequence, such as described in Example 1.
- peripheral blood lymphocytes are used if cells of human origin are desired, or spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired.
- the lymphocytes are then fused with an immortalized cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell [Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice , Academic Press, (1986) pp. 59-103].
- Immortalized cell lines are usually transformed mammalian cells, particularly myeloma cells of rodent, bovine and human origin. Usually, rat or mouse myeloma cell lines are employed.
- the hybridoma cells may be cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells.
- a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells.
- the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine (“HAT medium”), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.
- Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level expression of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium.
- More preferred immortalized cell lines are murine myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for instance, from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif. and the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md.
- An example of such a murine myeloma cell line is P3X63AgU.1, described in Example 1 below.
- Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies [Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001-3005 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications , Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, (1987) pp. 51-63].
- the culture medium in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can then be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against a HGF receptor.
- the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by the hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA).
- RIA radioimmunoassay
- ELISA enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay
- the binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson and Pollard, Anal. Biochem., 107:220-239 (1980).
- the clones may be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods [Goding, supra]. Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium and RPMI-1640 medium. Alternatively, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal.
- the monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones may be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
- the monoclonal antibodies may also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567.
- DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies).
- the hybridoma cells of the invention serve as a preferred source of such DNA. Once isolated, the DNA may be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, E.
- the DNA also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences [U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., supra] or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide.
- non-immunoglobulin polypeptide can be substituted for the constant domains of an antibody of the invention, or can be substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody of the invention to create a chimeric bivalent antibody comprising one antigen-combining site having specificity for a HGF receptor and another antigen-combining site having specificity for a different antigen, such as HER2 or CD3.
- monovalent antibodies capable of binding to a HGF receptor will be especially useful as HGF receptor antagonists. While not being bound to any particular theory, it is presently believed that activation of c-Met may proceed by a mechanism wherein huHGF binding to c-Met induces aggregation or dimerization of the receptors which in turn activates intracellular receptor kinase activity. Because monovalent antibodies will likely be unable to induce such aggregation or dimerization, the monovalent antibodies should not activate c-Met.
- Such monovalent antibodies may be directed against the HGF binding site of the receptor or may otherwise be capable of interfering with HGF, its fragments or its variants binding to the HGF receptor, such as by sterically hindering HGF, its fragments or its variants access to the receptor.
- the monovalent antibodies may be capable of sterically preventing HGF receptor dimerization.
- one method involves recombinant expression of immunoglobulin light chain and modified heavy chain.
- the heavy chain is truncated generally at any point so as to prevent heavy chain crosslinking.
- the relevant cysteine residues may be substituted with another amino acid residue or are deleted so as to prevent crosslinking.
- Recombinant expression of Fab light chain and heavy chain is described in further detail below.
- In vitro methods are also suitable for preparing monovalent antibodies.
- Digestion of antibodies to produce fragments thereof, particularly, Fab fragments can be accomplished using routine techniques known in the art. For instance, digestion can be performed using papain. Examples of papain digestion are described in WO 94/29348 published Dec. 22, 1994 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,342,566. Papain digestion is also described in Examples 6 and 7 below. Papain digestion of antibodies typically produces two identical antigen binding fragments, called Fab fragments, each with a single antigen binding site, and a residual Fc fragment. Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab′) 2 fragment that has two antigen combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.
- the Fab fragments produced in the antibody digestion also contain the constant domains of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH 1 ) of the heavy chain.
- Fab′ fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH 1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region.
- Fab′-SH is the designation herein for Fab′ in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group.
- F(ab′) 2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab′ fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
- the antagonists comprise Fab fragments of monoclonal antibodies specific for c-Met.
- the monoclonal antibody Fab fragments have the same biological characteristics as the monoclonal antibody Fab fragments produced by digesting either of the monoclonal antibodies secreted by the hybridoma cell lines deposited under American Type Culture Collection Accession Nos. ATCC HB-11894 or ATCC HB-11895.
- biological characteristics is used to refer to the in vitro and/or in vivo activities of the monoclonal antibody, e.g., ability to substantially reduce or inhibit binding of huHGF to c-Met or to substantially reduce or inhibit c-Met activation.
- the monovalent antibody preferably binds to substantially the same epitope as the 1A3.3.13 antibody or the 5D5.11.6 antibody disclosed herein.
- This can be determined by conducting assays described herein and in the Examples. For instance, to determine whether a monoclonal antibody has the same specificity as the 1A3.3.13 antibody specifically disclosed (i.e., the antibody having the ATCC deposit No. HB-11894) or the 5D5.11.6 antibody specifically disclosed (i.e., the antibody having the ATCC deposit No. HB-11895), one can use a competitive ELISA binding assay such as those described in the Examples.
- the monoclonal antibody Fab fragments are heparin-independent antagonists, as defined herein.
- the monoclonal antibody or fragment thereof will inhibit the binding of HGF, its fragments or its variants, or the mitogenic activity of HGF, its fragments, or its variants at least about 50%, preferably, greater than about 80%, and more preferably, greater than about 90%, as determined by an in vitro competitive binding assay or proliferation assay, such as described in the Examples below.
- chimeric or hybrid antagonist antibodies may be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents.
- immunotoxins may be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond.
- suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate.
- the antagonist antibodies of the invention may also comprise diabodies.
- diabodies refers to small antibody fragments with two antigen binding sites, which fragments comprise a heavy chain variable domain (V H ) connected to a light chain variable domain (V L ) in the same polypeptide chain (V H -V L ).
- V H heavy chain variable domain
- V L light chain variable domain
- the antagonist antibodies of the invention may further comprise humanized antibodies or human antibodies.
- Humanized forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′) 2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
- Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity and capacity.
- CDR complementary determining region
- Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues.
- Humanized antibodies may also comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences.
- the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
- the humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin [Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Reichmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., 2:593-596 (1992)].
- Fc immunoglobulin constant region
- a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” variable domain.
- Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers [Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988)], by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody.
- humanized antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species.
- humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
- variable domains both light and heavy
- the choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is important in order to reduce antigenicity.
- the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable domain sequences.
- the human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for the humanized antibody [Sims et al., J. Immunol., 151:2296 (1993); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol., 196:901 (1987)].
- Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains.
- the same framework may be used for several different humanized antibodies [Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol., 151:2623-2632 (1993)].
- humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences.
- Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art.
- Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen.
- FR residues can be selected and combined from the consensus and import sequence so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved.
- the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding [see, WO 94/04679 published 3 Mar. 1994].
- Transgenic animals e.g., mice
- mice that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production
- J H antibody heavy chain joining region
- Human antibodies can also be produced in phage display libraries [Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581 (1991)].
- the techniques of Cote et al. and Boerner et al. are also available for the preparation of human monoclonal antibodies (Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy , Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985) and Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147(1):86-95 (1991)].
- the present invention also provides HGF receptor antagonists comprising one or more isolated polypeptides.
- the antagonist comprises residues 1 to 220 of the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 1A (SEQ ID NO:1) and residues 1 to 230 of the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 1B (SEQ ID NO:2).
- the antagonist comprises two isolated polypeptides which correspond to the light chain and heavy chain, respectively, of an anti-HGF receptor monoclonal antibody Fab.
- the description below relates primarily to production of the HGF receptor antagonist by culturing cells transformed or transfected with a vector containing the antagonist nucleic acid and recovering the polypeptide(s) from the cell culture. It is of course, contemplated that alternative methods, which are well known in the art, may be employed to prepare the HGF receptor antagonist polypeptide.
- the DNA encoding the HGF receptor antagonist may be obtained from any cDNA library prepared from tissue believed to possess the antagonist mRNA and to express it at a detectable level. Accordingly, human c-Met antagonist DNA can be conveniently obtained from a cDNA library prepared from human tissues. The c-Met antagonist-encoding gene may also be obtained from a genomic library or by oligonucleotide synthesis.
- Probes such as antibodies to the c-Met receptor antagonist or oligonucleotides of at least about 20-80 bases
- Screening the cDNA or genomic library with the selected probe may be conducted using standard procedures, such as described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989).
- An alternative means to isolate the gene encoding the receptor antagonist is to use PCR methodology [Sambrook et al., supra; Dieffenbach et al., PCR Primer:A Laboratory Manual (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1995)].
- One method of screening employs selected oligonucleotide sequences to screen cDNA libraries from various human tissues.
- the oligonucleotide sequences selected as probes should be of sufficient length and sufficiently unambiguous that false positives are minimized.
- the oligonucleotide is preferably labeled such that it can be detected upon hybridization to DNA in the library being screened. Methods of labeling are well known in the art, and include the use of radiolabels like 32 P-labeled ATP, biotinylation or enzyme labeling.
- Nucleic acid having all the protein coding sequence may be obtained by screening selected cDNA or genomic libraries using the amino acid sequence disclosed herein, and, if necessary, using conventional primer extension procedures as described in Sambrook et al., supra, to detect precursors and processing intermediates of mRNA that may not have been reverse-transcribed into cDNA.
- Amino acid sequence variants of the antagonist polypeptide can be prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into its DNA, or by synthesis of the desired antagonist polypeptide. Such variants represent insertions, substitutions, and/or deletions of residues within or at one or both of the ends of the amino acid sequences shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B for the 5D5 Fab. Any combination of insertion, substitution, and/or deletion can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired antagonistic activity as defined herein. In a preferred embodiment, the variants have at least about 80% sequence identity, more preferably, at least about 90% sequence identity, and even more preferably, at least about 95% sequence identity with the sequences identified herein for the 5D5 Fab.
- Variations in the native sequence as described above can be made using any of the techniques and guidelines for conservative and non-conservative mutations set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,934. These include oligonucleotide-mediated (site-directed) mutagenesis, alanine scanning, and PCR mutagenesis.
- the nucleic acid e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA
- the nucleic acid may be inserted into a replicable vector for further cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression.
- a replicable vector for further cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression.
- Various vectors are publicly available.
- the vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence, each of which is described below.
- the HGF receptor antagonist may be produced recombinantly not only directly, but also as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide.
- a heterologous polypeptide which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide.
- the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the antagonist DNA that is inserted into the vector.
- the heterologous signal sequence selected preferably is one that is recognized and processed (i.e., cleaved by a signal peptidase) by the host cell.
- the signal sequence may be a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders.
- the signal sequence may be, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, alpha factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces ⁇ -factor leaders, the latter described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,010,182), or acid phosphatase leader, the C. albicans glucoamylase leader (EP 362,179 published 4 Apr. 1990), or the signal described in WO 90/13646 published 15 Nov. 1990.
- mammalian signal sequences may be used to direct secretion of the protein, such as signal sequences from secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, as well as viral secretory leaders, for example, the herpes simplex glycoprotein D signal.
- the DNA for such precursor region is preferably ligated in reading frame to DNA encoding the antagonist.
- Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells.
- this sequence is one that enables the vector to replicate independently of the host chromosomal DNA, and includes origins of replication or autonomously replicating sequences.
- origins of replication or autonomously replicating sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses.
- the origin of replication from the plasmid pBR322 is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2 ⁇ plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells.
- the origin of replication component is not needed for mammalian expression vectors (the SV40 origin may typically be used because it contains the early promoter).
- Most expression vectors are “shuttle” vectors, i.e., they are capable of replication in at least one class of organisms but can be transfected into another organism for expression.
- a vector is cloned in E. coli and then the same vector is transfected into yeast or mammalian cells for expression even though it is not capable of replicating independently of the host cell chromosome.
- DNA may also be amplified by insertion into the host genome. This is readily accomplished using Bacillus species as hosts, for example, by including in the vector a DNA sequence that is complementary to a sequence found in Bacillus genomic DNA. Transfection of Bacillus with this vector results in homologous recombination with the genome and insertion of the receptor antagonist DNA. However, the recovery of genomic DNA encoding the antagonist is more complex than that of an exogenously replicated vector because restriction enzyme digestion is required to excise the antagonist DNA.
- Selection genes typically contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. This gene encodes a protein necessary for the survival or growth of transformed host cells grown in a selective culture medium. Host cells not transformed with the vector containing the selection gene will not survive in the culture medium.
- Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
- a selection scheme utilizes a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells that are successfully transformed with a heterologous gene produce a protein conferring drug resistance and thus survive the selection regimen. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin [Southern et al., J. Molec. Appl. Genet., 1:327 (1982)], mycophenolic acid (Mulligan et al., Science, 209:1422 (1980)] or hygromycin [Sugden et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 5:410-413 (1985)].
- the three examples given above employ bacterial genes under eukaryotic control to convey resistance to the appropriate drug G418 or neomycin (geneticin), xgpt (mycophenolic acid), or hygromycin, respectively.
- suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the antagonist nucleic acid, such as DHFR or thymidine kinase.
- the mammalian cell transformants are placed under selection pressure that only the transformants are uniquely adapted to survive by virtue of having taken up the marker.
- Selection pressure is imposed by culturing the transformants under conditions in which the concentration of selection agent in the medium is successively changed, thereby leading to amplification of both the selection gene and the DNA that encodes the receptor antagonist.
- Amplification is the process by which genes in greater demand for the production of a protein critical for growth are reiterated in tandem within the chromosomes of successive generations of recombinant cells.
- Other examples of amplifiable genes include metallothionein-I and -II, adenosine deaminase, and ornithine decarboxylase.
- Cells transformed with the DHFR selection gene may first be identified by culturing all of the transformants in a culture medium that contains methotrexate (Mtx), a competitive antagonist of DHFR.
- Mtx methotrexate
- An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell line deficient in DHFR activity, prepared and propagated as described by Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4216 (1980).
- the transformed cells are then exposed to increased levels of methotrexate. This leads to the synthesis of multiple copies of the DHFR gene, and, concomitantly, multiple copies of other DNA comprising the expression vectors, such as the DNA encoding the receptor antagonist.
- This amplification technique can be used with any otherwise suitable host, e.g., ATCC No. CCL61 CHO-K1, notwithstanding the presence of endogenous DHFR if, for example, a mutant DHFR gene that is highly resistant to Mtx is employed (EP 117,060).
- host cells transformed or co-transformed with DNA sequences encoding HGF receptor antagonist, wild-type DHFR protein, and another selectable marker such as aminoglycoside 3′-phosphotransferase (APH) can be selected by cell growth in medium containing a selection agent for the selectable marker such as an aminoglycosidic antibiotic, e.g., kanamycin, neomycin, or G418. See U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,199.
- APH aminoglycoside 3′-phosphotransferase
- a suitable selection gene for use in yeast is the trp1 gene present in the yeast plasmid YRp7 [Stinchcomb et al., Nature, 282:39 (1979); Kingsman et al., Gene, 7:141 (1979); Tschemper et al., Gene, 10:157 (1980)].
- the trp1 gene provides a selection marker for a mutant strain of yeast lacking the ability to grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1 [Jones, Genetics, 85:12 (1977)].
- the presence of the trp1 lesion in the yeast host cell genome then provides an effective environment for detecting transformation by growth in the absence of tryptophan.
- Leu2-deficient yeast strains (ATCC 20,622 or 38,626) are complemented by known plasmids bearing the Leu2 gene.
- vectors derived from the 1.6 ⁇ m circular plasmid pKD1 can be used for transformation of Kluyveromyces yeasts [Bianchi et al., Curr. Genet., 12:185 (1987)]. More recently, an expression system for large-scale production of recombinant calf chymosin was reported for K. lactis [Van den Berg, Bio/Technology, 8:135 (1990)]. Stable multi-copy expression vectors for secretion of mature recombinant human serum albumin by industrial strains of Kluyveromyces have also been disclosed [Fleer et al., Bio/Technology, 9:968-975 (1991)].
- Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and is operably linked to the receptor antagonist nucleic acid sequence. Promoters are untranslated sequences located upstream (5′) to the start codon of a structural gene (generally within about 100 to 1000 bp) that control the transcription and translation of particular nucleic acid sequence to which they are operably linked. Such promoters typically fall into two classes, inducible and constitutive. Inducible promoters are promoters that initiate increased levels of transcription from DNA under their control in response to some change in culture conditions, e.g., the presence or absence of a nutrient or a change in temperature. At this time a large number of promoters recognized by a variety of potential host cells are well known.
- promoters are operably linked to receptor antagonist encoding DNA by removing the promoter from the source DNA by restriction enzyme digestion and inserting the isolated promoter sequence into the vector.
- Various heterologous promoters may be used to direct amplification and/or expression of the receptor antagonist DNA.
- Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the ⁇ -lactamase and lactose promoter systems [Chang et al., Nature, 275:615 (1978); Goeddel et al., Nature, 281:544 (1979)], alkaline phosphatase, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system [Goeddel, Nucleic Acids Res., 8:4057 (1980); EP 36,776], and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter [deBoer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 80:21-25 (1983)].
- trp tryptophan
- Promoter sequences are known for eukaryotes. Virtually all eukaryotic genes have an AT-rich region located approximately 25 to 30 bases upstream from the site where transcription is initiated. At the 3′ end of most eukaryotic genes is an AATAAA sequence that may be the signal for addition of the poly A tail to the 3′ end of the coding sequence. All of these sequences are suitably inserted into eukaryotic expression vectors.
- Suitable promoting sequences for use with yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase [Hitzeman et al., J. Biol. Chem., 255:2073 (1980)] or other glycolytic enzymes [Hess et al., J. Adv.
- Enzyme Req. 7:149 (1968); Holland, Biochemistry, 17:4900 (1978)], such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isomerase, and glucokinase.
- enolase such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isome
- yeast promoters which are inducible promoters having the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, are the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization.
- Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657.
- Yeast enhancers also are advantageously used with yeast promoters.
- HGF receptor antagonist transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled, for example, by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 Jul. 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably Simian Virus 40 (SV40), or from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, from heat-shock promoters, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.
- viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 Jul. 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus
- the early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an SV40 restriction fragment that also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication [Fiers et al., Nature, 273:113 (1978); Mulligan and Berg, Science, 209:1422-1427 (1980); Pavlakis et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 78:7398-7402 (1981)].
- the immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a HindIII E restriction fragment [Greenaway et al., Gene, 18:355-360 (1982)].
- a system for expressing DNA in mammalian hosts using the bovine papilloma virus as a vector is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
- Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 bp, that act on a promoter to increase its transcription. Enhancers are relatively orientation and position independent, having been found 5′ [Laimins et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 78:993 (1981]) and 3′ [Lusky et al., Mol. Cell.
- Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers. See also Yaniv, Nature, 297:17-18 (1982) on enhancing elements for activation of eukaryotic promoters.
- the enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5′ or 3′ to the HGF receptor antagonist-encoding sequence, but is preferably located at a site 5′ from the promoter.
- Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells will also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 5′ and, occasionally 3′, untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral DNAs or cDNAs. These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding HGF receptor antagonist.
- Plasmids containing one or more of the above-listed components employs standard ligation techniques. Isolated plasmids or DNA fragments are cleaved, tailored, and re-ligated in the form desired to generate the plasmids required.
- the ligation mixtures can be used to transform E. coli K12 strain 294 (ATCC 31,446) and successful transformants selected by ampicillin or tetracycline resistance where appropriate. Plasmids from the transformants are prepared, analyzed by restriction endonuclease digestion, and/or sequenced by the method of Messing et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 9:309 (1981) or by the method of Maxam et al., Methods in Enzymology, 65:499 (1980).
- transient expression involves the use of an expression vector that is able to replicate efficiently in a host cell, such that the host cell accumulates many copies of the expression vector and, in turn, synthesizes high levels of a desired polypeptide encoded by the expression vector [Sambrook et al., supra].
- Transient expression systems comprising a suitable expression vector and a host cell, allow for the convenient positive identification of polypeptides encoded by cloned DNAs, as well as for the rapid screening of such polypeptides for desired biological or physiological properties.
- transient expression systems are particularly useful in the invention for purposes of identifying analogs and variants of the receptor antagonists.
- HGF receptor antagonist in recombinant vertebrate cell culture.
- Other methods, vectors, and host cells suitable for adaptation to the synthesis of HGF receptor antagonist in recombinant vertebrate cell culture are described in Gething et al., Nature, 293:620-625 (1981); Mantei et al., Nature, 281:40-46 (1979); EP 117,060; and EP 117,058.
- Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein are the prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells described above.
- Suitable prokaryotes for this purpose include but are not limited to eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia , e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella , e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia , e.g., Serratia marcescans , and Shigella , as well as Bacilli such as B. subtilis and B.
- Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia , e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus
- Salmonella e.g., Salmonella typhimurium
- the host cell should secrete minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes.
- eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for HGF receptor antagonist-encoding vectors.
- Saccharomyces cerevisiae or common baker's yeast, is the most commonly used among lower eukaryotic host microorganisms.
- a number of other genera, species, and strains are commonly available and useful herein.
- Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated HGF receptor antagonist are derived from multicellular organisms. Such host cells are capable of complex processing and glycosylation activities. In principle, any higher eukaryotic cell culture is workable, whether from vertebrate or invertebrate culture. Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells.
- baculoviral strains and variants and corresponding permissive insect host cells from hosts such as Spodoptera frugiperda (caterpillar), Aedes aegypti (mosquito), Aedes albopictus (mosquito), Drosophila melanogaster (fruitfly), and Bombyx mori have been identified [See, e.g., Luckow et al., Bio/Technology, 6:47-55 (1988); Miller et al., in Genetic Engineering , Setlow et al., eds., Vol. 8 (Plenum Publishing, 1986), pp. 277-279; and Maeda et al., Nature, 315:592-594 (1985)].
- a variety of viral strains for transfection are publicly available, e.g., the L-1 variant of Autographa californica NPV and the Bm-5 strain of Bombyx mori NPV.
- Plant cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia, tomato, and tobacco can be utilized as hosts.
- plant cells are transfected by incubation with certain strains of the bacterium Agrobacterium tumefaciens , which has been previously manipulated to contain the receptor antagonist-encoding DNA.
- Agrobacterium tumefaciens the DNA encoding the receptor antagonist is transferred to the plant cell host such that it is transfected, and will, under appropriate conditions, express the receptor antagonist-encoding DNA.
- regulatory and signal sequences compatible with plant cells are available, such as the nopaline synthase promoter and polyadenylation signal sequences [Depicker et al., J. Mol.
- DNA segments isolated from the upstream region of the T-DNA 780 gene are capable of activating or increasing transcription levels of plant-expressible genes in recombinant DNA-containing plant tissue [EP 321,196 published 21 Jun. 1989].
- Propagation of vertebrate cells in culture is also well known in the art [See, e.g., Tissue Culture, Academic Press, Kruse and Patterson, editors (1973)].
- useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al., J. Gen Virol., 36:59 (1977)); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); Chinese hamster ovary cells/ ⁇ DHFR (CHO, Urlaub and Chasin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- mice sertoli cells TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod., 23:243-251 (1980)); monkey kidney cells (CV1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TRI cells (Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci., 383:44-68 (1982)); MRC 5 cells; and FS4 cells.
- CV1 ATCC CCL 70 African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver
- Host cells are transfected and preferably transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors for HGF receptor antagonist production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.
- Transfection refers to the taking up of an expression vector by a host cell whether or not any coding sequences are in fact expressed. Numerous methods of transfection are known to the ordinarily skilled artisan, for example, CaPO 4 and electroporation. Successful transfection is generally recognized when any indication of the operation of this vector occurs within the host cell.
- Transformation means introducing DNA into an organism so that the DNA is replicable, either as an extrachromosomal element or by chromosomal integrant. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is done using standard techniques appropriate to such cells.
- the calcium treatment employing calcium chloride, as described in Sambrook et al., supra, or electroporation is generally used for prokaryotes or other cells that contain substantial cell-wall barriers.
- Infection with Agrobacterium tumefaciens is used for transformation of certain plant cells, as described by Shaw et al., Gene, 23:315 (1983) and WO 89/05859 published 29 Jun. 1989.
- plants may be transfected using ultrasound treatment as described in WO 91/00358 published 10 Jan. 1991.
- DNA into cells such as by nuclear microinjection, electroporation, bacterial protoplast fusion with intact cells, or polycations, e.g., polybrene, polyornithine, may also be used.
- polycations e.g., polybrene, polyornithine.
- Prokaryotic cells used to produce HGF receptor antagonist may be cultured in suitable media as described generally in Sambrook et al., supra.
- the mammalian host cells used to produce HGF receptor antagonist may be cultured in a variety of media.
- Examples of commercially available media include Ham's F10 (Sigma), Minimal Essential Medium (“MEM”, Sigma), RPMI-1640 (Sigma), and Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium (“DMEM”, Sigma).
- Any such media may be supplemented as necessary with hormones and/or other growth factors (such as insulin, transferrin, or epidermal growth factor), salts (such as sodium chloride, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate), buffers (such as HEPES), nucleosides (such as adenosine and thymidine), antibiotics (such as GentamycinTM drug), trace elements (defined as inorganic compounds usually present at final concentrations in the micromolar range), and glucose or an equivalent energy source. Any other necessary supplements may also be included at appropriate concentrations that would be known to those skilled in the art.
- the culture conditions such as temperature, pH, and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan.
- the host cells referred to in this disclosure encompass cells in culture as well as cells that are within a host animal.
- Gene amplification and/or expression may be measured in a sample directly, for example, by conventional Southern blotting, Northern blotting to quantitate the transcription of mRNA [Thomas, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:5201-5205 (1980)], dot blotting (DNA analysis), or in situ hybridization, using an appropriately labeled probe, based on the sequences provided herein.
- Various labels may be employed, most commonly radioisotopes, and particularly 32 P.
- other techniques may also be employed, such as using biotin-modified nucleotides for introduction into a polynucleotide.
- the biotin then serves as the site for binding to avidin or antibodies, which may be labeled with a wide variety of labels, such as radionucleotides, fluorescers or enzymes.
- labels such as radionucleotides, fluorescers or enzymes.
- antibodies may be employed that can recognize specific duplexes, including DNA duplexes, RNA duplexes, and DNA-RNA hybrid duplexes or DNA-protein duplexes.
- the antibodies in turn may be labeled and the assay may be carried out where the duplex is bound to a surface, so that upon the formation of duplex on the surface, the presence of antibody bound to the duplex can be detected.
- Gene expression may be measured by immunological methods, such as immunohistochemical staining of cells or tissue sections and assay of cell culture or body fluids, to quantitate directly the expression of gene product.
- immunohistochemical staining techniques a cell sample is prepared, typically by dehydration and fixation, followed by reaction with labeled antibodies specific for the gene product coupled, where the labels are usually visually detectable, such as enzymatic labels, fluorescent labels, or luminescent labels.
- Antibodies useful for immunohistochemical staining and/or assay of sample fluids may be either monoclonal or polyclonal, and may be prepared in any mammal.
- HGF receptor antagonist preferably is recovered from the culture medium as a secreted polypeptide, although it also may be recovered from host cell lysates when directly produced without a secretory signal. If the receptor antagonist is membrane-bound, it can be released from the membrane using a suitable detergent solution (e.g. Triton-X 100) or its extracellular region may be released by enzymatic cleavage.
- a suitable detergent solution e.g. Triton-X 100
- the antagonist polypeptide When the antagonist is produced in a recombinant cell other than one of human origin, the antagonist polypeptide is free of proteins or polypeptides of human origin. However, it may be desired to purify the receptor antagonist from recombinant cell proteins or polypeptides to obtain preparations that are substantially homogeneous as to the receptor antagonist. As a first step, the culture medium or lysate may be centrifuged to remove particulate cell debris.
- HGF receptor antagonist thereafter is purified from contaminant soluble proteins and polypeptides, with the following procedures being exemplary of suitable purification procedures: by fractionation on an ion-exchange column; ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatography on silica or on a cation-exchange resin such as DEAE; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; ammonium sulfate precipitation; gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-75; and protein A Sepharose columns to remove contaminants such as IgG.
- a protease inhibitor such as phenyl methyl sulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) also may be useful to inhibit proteolytic degradation during purification, and antibiotics may be included to prevent the growth of adventitious contaminants.
- PMSF phenyl methyl sulfonyl fluoride
- HGF receptor antagonists are included within the scope of this invention.
- One type of covalent modification of the HGF receptor antagonist is introduced into the molecule by reacting targeted amino acid residues of the antagonist with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N- or C-terminal residues of the antagonist.
- Derivatization with bifunctional agents is useful for crosslinking the antagonist to a water-insoluble support matrix or surface for use in a method for purifying.
- Commonly used crosslinking agents include, e.g., 1,1-bis(diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane, glutaraldehyde, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid, homobifunctional imidoesters, including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3′-dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate), and bifunctional maleimides such as bis-N-maleimido-1,8-octane.
- Derivatizing agents such as methyl-3-[(p-azidophenyl)dithio]propioimidate yield photoactivatable intermediates that are capable of forming crosslinks in the presence of light.
- reactive water-insoluble matrices such as cyanogen bromide-activated carbohydrates and the reactive substrates described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,969,287; 3,691,016; 4,195,128; 4,247,642; 4,229,537; and 4,330,440 are employed for protein immobilization.
- Another type of covalent modification of the receptor antagonist polypeptide included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the native glycosylation pattern of the polypeptide. “Altering the native glycosylation pattern” is intended for purposes herein to mean deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the native polypeptide.
- N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue.
- the tripeptide sequences asparagine-Z-serine and asparagine-Z-threonine, where Z is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain.
- Z is any amino acid except proline
- O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-aceylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxylamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
- Addition of glycosylation sites to the polypeptide may be accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites).
- the alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the native sequence (for O-linked glycosylation sites).
- the amino acid sequence may optionally be altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids.
- the DNA mutation(s) may be made using methods described above and in U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,934, supra.
- sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine.
- Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the polypeptide may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically or by mutational substitution of codons encoding for amino acid residues that serve as targets for glycosylation.
- chemical deglycosylation by exposing the polypeptide to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound can result in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the polypeptide intact.
- Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin, et al., Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 259:52 (1987) and by Edge et al., Anal.
- Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al., Meth. Enzymol., 138:350 (1987).
- Glycosylation at potential glycosylation sites may be prevented by the use of the compound tunicamycin as described by Duskin et al., J. Biol. Chem., 257:3105 (1982). Tunicamycin blocks the formation of protein-N-glycoside linkages.
- Another type of covalent modification comprises linking the HGF receptor antagonist to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol (“PEG”), polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
- WO 93/00109 also describes methods of linking amino acid residues in polypeptides to PEG molecules.
- the present invention also provides chimeric molecules comprising HGF receptor antagonist fused to another, heterologous polypeptide.
- the chimeric molecule comprises a fusion of the antagonist with a tag polypeptide which provides an epitope to which an anti-tag antibody can selectively bind.
- the epitope tag is generally placed at the amino- or carboxyl-terminus of the antagonist. The presence of such epitope-tagged forms of the antagonist can be detected using an antibody against the tag polypeptide. Also, provision of the epitope tag enables the antagonist to be readily purified by affinity purification using an anti-tag antibody or another type of affinity matrix that binds to the epitope tag.
- tag polypeptides and their respective antibodies are well known in the art. Examples include the flu HA tag polypeptide and its antibody 12CA5 [Field et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:2159-2165 (1988)]; the c-myc tag and the 8F9, 3C7, 6E10, G4, B7 and 9E10 antibodies thereto [Evan et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology, 5:3610-3616 (1985)]; and the Herpes Simplex virus glycoprotein D (gD) tag and its antibody [Paborsky et al., Protein Engineering, 3(6):547-553 (1990)].
- tag polypeptides include the Flag-peptide [Hopp et al., BioTechnology, 6:1204-1210 (1988)]; the KT3 epitope peptide [Martin et al., Science, 255:192-194 (1992)]; an ⁇ -tubulin epitope peptide [Skinner et al., J. Biol. Chem., 266:15163-15166 (1991)]; and the T7 gene 10 protein peptide tag [Lutz-Freyermuth et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:6393-6397 (1990)].
- an antibody thereto can be generated using the techniques disclosed herein.
- epitope-tagged antagonist may be constructed and produced according to the methods described above.
- HGF receptor antagonist-tag polypeptide fusions are preferably constructed by fusing the cDNA sequence encoding the HGF receptor antagonist portion in-frame to the tag polypeptide DNA sequence and expressing the resultant DNA fusion construct in appropriate host cells.
- nucleic acid encoding the antagonist will be fused at its 3′ end to nucleic acid encoding the N-terminus of the tag polypeptide, however 5′ fusions are also possible.
- a polyhistidine sequence of about 5 to about 10 histidine residues may be fused at the N-terminus or the C-terminus and used as a purification handle in affinity chromatography.
- Epitope-tagged HGF receptor antagonist can be purified by affinity chromatography using the anti-tag antibody.
- the matrix to which the affinity antibody is attached may include, for instance, agarose, controlled pore glass or poly(styrenedivinyl)benzene.
- the epitope-tagged HGF receptor antagonist can then be eluted from the affinity column using techniques known in the art.
- the HGF receptor antagonist may be fused to a salvage receptor binding epitope in order to increase its serum half-life.
- a salvage receptor binding epitope may be achieved, for example, by incorporation of a salvage receptor binding epitope into a HGF receptor antagonist antibody fragment (e.g., by mutation of the appropriate region in the antibody fragment or by incorporating the epitope into a peptide tag that is then fused to the antibody fragment at either the end or in the middle, e.g., by DNA or peptide synthesis).
- a systematic method for preparing such a chimera having an increased in vivo half-life comprises several steps. The first involves identifying the sequence and conformation of a salvage receptor binding epitope of an Fc region of an IgG molecule. Once this epitope is identified, the sequence of the HGF receptor antagonist of interest is modified to include the sequence and conformation of the identified binding epitope. After the sequence is mutated, the chimera is tested to see if it has a longer in vivo half-life than that of the original antagonist. If the chimera does not have a longer half-life upon testing, its sequence is further altered to include the sequence and conformation of the identified binding epitope.
- the salvage receptor binding epitope being incorporated into the HGF receptor antagonist of interest is any suitable such epitope as defined above, and its nature will depend for example, on the type of antagonist being modified. The transfer is made such that the HGF receptor antagonist of interest still possesses antagonistic activity.
- the salvage receptor binding epitope generally constitutes a region wherein any one or more amino acid residues from one or two loops of a Fc domain and is preferably transferred to an analogous position in an HGF receptor antagonist antibody fragment.
- three or more residues from one or two loops of the Fc domain are transferred, and more preferably, the epitope is taken from the CH2 domain of the Fc region of an IgG and transferred to the CH1, CH3, or V H region, or more than one such region, of the antagonist antibody.
- the epitope is taken from the CH2 domain of the Fc region and transferred to the C L region or the V L region, or both, of the antagonist antibody fragment.
- the chimeric molecule comprises a HGF receptor antagonist fused to an immunoglobulin constant domain or another heterologous polypeptide such as albumin.
- a HGF receptor antagonist fused to an immunoglobulin constant domain or another heterologous polypeptide such as albumin.
- the chimeric molecules can be constructed in a fashion similar to chimeric antibodies in which a variable domain from an antibody of one species is substituted for the variable domain of another species. See, for example, EP 0 125 023; EP 173,494; Munro, Nature, 312:597 (13 Dec. 1984); Neuberger et al., Nature, 312:604-608 (13 Dec. 1984); Sharon et al., Nature, 309:364-367 (24 May 1984); Morrison et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci.
- the Ig is a human immunoglobulin when the chimera is intended for in vivo therapy for humans.
- DNA encoding immunoglobulin light or heavy chain constant regions is known or readily available from cDNA libraries or can be synthesized.
- the chimera comprises a HGF receptor antagonist fused to albumin.
- Such chimeras may be constructed by inserting the entire coding region of albumin into a plasmid expression vector.
- the DNA encoding the antagonist can be inserted at the 5′ end of the albumin sequence, along with an insert encoding a linker consisting of four glycine residues [Lu et al., FEBS Letters, 356:56-59 (1994)].
- the HGF receptor antagonist-albumin chimera can then be expressed in desired mammalian cells or yeast, for instance.
- HGF receptor antagonist is administered to a mammal diagnosed as having cancer.
- cancer as used herein is not limited to any one specific form of the disease, it is believed that the methods will be particularly effective for cancers which are found to be accompanied by increased levels of HGF, or overexpression or activation of HGF receptor in the mammal.
- the cancer is breast cancer. It is of course contemplated that the methods of the invention can be employed in combination with still other therapeutic techniques such as surgery.
- the antagonist is preferably administered to the mammal in a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
- Suitable carriers and their formulations are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th ed., 1980, Mack Publishing Co., edited by Oslo et al.
- an appropriate amount of a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is used in the formulation to render the formulation isotonic.
- the pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier include saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution.
- the pH of the solution is preferably from about 5 to about 8, and more preferably from about 7 to about 7.5.
- Further carriers include sustained release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antagonist, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, liposomes or microparticles. It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers may be more preferable depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of antagonist being administered.
- the antagonist can be administered to the mammal by injection (e.g., intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular), or by other methods such as infusion that ensure its delivery to the bloodstream in an effective form.
- the antagonist may also be administered by intratumoral, peritumoral, intralesional, or perilesional routes, to exert local as well as systemic therapeutic effects. Local or intravenous injection is preferred.
- Effective dosages and schedules for administering the antagonist may be determined empirically, and making such determinations is within the skill in the art. Those skilled in the art will understand that the dosage of antagonist that must be administered will vary depending on, for example, the mammal which will receive the antagonist, the route of administration, the particular type of antagonist used and other drugs being administered to the mammal. Guidance in selecting appropriate doses for antibody antagonists is found in the literature on therapeutic uses of antibodies, e.g., Handbook of Monoclonal Antibodies , Ferrone et al., eds., Noges Publications, Park Ridge, N.J., (1985) ch. 22 and pp.
- a typical daily dosage of the antagonist used alone might range from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to up to 100 mg/kg of body weight or more per day, depending on the factors mentioned above.
- the antagonist may also be administered to the mammal in combination with effective amounts of one or more other therapeutic agents or in conjunction with radiation treatment.
- Therapeutic agents contemplated include chemotherapeutics as well as immunoadjuvants and cytokines.
- Chemotherapies contemplated by the invention include chemical substances or drugs which are known in the art and are commercially available, such as Doxorubicin, 5-Fluorouracil, Cytosine arabinoside (“Ara-C”), Cyclophosphamide, Thiotepa, Busulfan, Cytoxin, Taxol, Methotrexate, Cisplatin, Melphalan, Vinblastine and Carboplatin.
- the antagonist may be administered sequentially or concurrently with the one or more other therapeutic agents.
- the amounts of antagonist and therapeutic agent depend, for example, on what type of drugs are used, the cancer being treated, and the scheduling and routes of administration but would generally be less than if each were used individually.
- the mammal's cancer and physiological condition can be monitored in various ways well known to the skilled practitioner. For instance, tumor mass may be observed physically or by standard x-ray imaging techniques.
- the antagonists of the invention also have utility in non-therapeutic applications.
- methods for employing the antagonists in vitro in diagnostic assays are provided.
- the antagonists may be employed in diagnostic assays to detect overexpression of HGF receptor in specific cells and tissues.
- diagnostic assay techniques known in the art may be used, such as competitive binding assays, direct or indirect sandwich assays and immunoprecipitation assays conducted in either heterogeneous or homogeneous phases [Zola, Monoclonal Antibodies: A Manual of Techniques , CRC Press, Inc. (1987) pp. 147-158].
- the antagonists used in the diagnostic assays can be labeled with a detectable moiety.
- the detectable moiety should be capable of producing, either directly or indirectly, a detectable signal.
- the detectable moiety may be a radioisotope, such as 3 H, 14 C, 32 P, 35 S, or 125 I, a fluorescent or chemiluminescent compound, such as fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, or luciferin, or an enzyme, such as alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase or horseradish peroxidase.
- any method known in the art for conjugating the antagonist to the detectable moiety may be employed, including those methods described by Hunter et al., Nature, 194:495 (1962); David et al., Biochemistry, 13:1014-1021 (1974); Pain et al., J. Immunol. Meth., 40:219-230 (1981); and Nygren, J. Histochem. and Cytochem., 30:407 (1982).
- HGF receptor antagonist antibodies can be used to immunopurify HGF receptor(s).
- the article of manufacture comprises a container with a label.
- Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, and test tubes.
- the containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
- the container holds a composition having an active agent which is effective for treating cancer or for detecting or purifying HGF receptor.
- the active agent in the composition is a HGF receptor antagonist and preferably, comprises Fab fragments of monoclonal antibodies specific for c-Met.
- the label on the container indicates that the composition is used for treating cancer or detecting or purifying HGF receptor, and may also indicate directions for either in vivo or in vitro use, such as those described above.
- the kit of the invention comprises the container described above and a second container comprising a buffer. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes, and package inserts with instructions for use.
- mice obtained from Charles River Laboratories were immunized by injecting 2.5 ⁇ g/50 ⁇ l c-Met-IgG fusion protein (diluted in MPL-TDM adjuvant purchased from Ribi Immunochemical Research Inc., Hamilton, Mont.) five times into each hind foot pad. Injections were administered on Day 0 and Days 56, 63, 66 and 73.
- the c-Met-IgG fusion protein (including the extracellular domain of c-Met fused to a human IgG1 heavy chain) was constructed essentially as described by Mark et al., J. Biol. Chem., 267:26166-26171 (1992) and produced in Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells.
- the c-Met-IgG was subsequently purified in a single step using affinity chromatography on immobilized Protein A (Bioprocessing, Inc., Princeton, N.J.), using an elution scheme modified from Chamow et al., J. Immunol., 153:4268-4280 (1994). Culture supernatant was loaded onto a Protein A column equilibrated in 20 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 0.15 M NaCl. The column was washed, first with equilibration buffer, then with equilibration buffer containing 0.5 M tetramethylammonium chloride, to remove non-specifically bound protein.
- c-Met-IgG was eluted with 20 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 3.5 M MgCl 2 . This c-Met-IgG eluate was concentrated and exchanged into 20 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 0.15 M NaCl by gel filtration on Sephadex G25 to a final concentration of about 2-4 mg/ml.
- lymph nodes were removed from the mice and a single cell suspension was prepared in DMEM media (obtained from Biowhitakker Corp.) supplemented with 1% penicillin-streptomycin.
- the lymph node cells were then fused with murine myeloma cells P3X63AgU.1 (ATCC CRL 1597) using 35% polyethylene glycol and cultured in 96-well culture plates. Hybridomas resulting from the fusion were selected in HAT medium.
- hybridoma culture supernatants were screened in an ELISA to test for the presence of monoclonal antibodies binding to the c-Met-IgG fusion protein.
- 96-well microtiter plates (Nunc) were coated by adding 50 ⁇ l of 2 ⁇ g/ml goat anti-human IgG Fc (purchased from Cappel Laboratories) to each well and incubating at 4° C. overnight. The plates were then washed three times with distilled water. The wells in the microtiter plates were blocked with 200 ⁇ l of 2% bovine serum albumin and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. The plates were then washed again three times with distilled water.
- mice were immunized as described in Example 1 except that the c-Met-IgG fusion protein injections were administered on Day 0 and Days 7, 14, 21, 28, 211, 273 and 279. On Day 282, lymph nodes were removed and a fusion was conducted as described in Example 1. Hybridoma supernatants were tested according to the ELISA described in Example 1. One of the positive anti-c-Met monoclonal antibodies was called 5D5.11.6 (“5D5”). Further antibody analysis showed that the 5D5 monoclonal antibody is an IgG1 isotype antibody comprising a kappa light chain.
- An inhibition assay was conducted to examine the ability of the antibodies (described in Example 1) to block binding of HGF to c-Met-IgG fusion protein. Prior to conducting the inhibition assay, the 24 hybridoma supernatants determined positive in the ELISA in Example 1 were purified on Protein A-Sepharose columns to yield antibody preparations of about 1 ⁇ g/ml.
- 96-well microtiter plates were coated by adding 100 ⁇ l of 2 ⁇ g/ml goat anti-human Fc (purchased from Jackson Immunochemical, West Grove, Pa.) in 0.05 M sodium bicarbonate, pH 9.6, to each well and incubating overnight at 4° C. The plates were then washed with a washing buffer (0.05% Tween-20, 0.01% Thimersol in PBS). Nonspecific binding in the wells was blocked by adding 150 ⁇ l blocking buffer (0.5% BSA, 0.01% Thimersol in PBS, pH 7.4) to each well and incubating at room temperature for 2 hours with rapid agitation on an orbital shaker.
- a washing buffer 0.05% Tween-20, 0.01% Thimersol in PBS
- rhuHGF Recombinant human HGF
- rhuHGF-transfected cells were grown in a 400 L bioreactor in medium containing 2% fetal bovine serum for 8 days. Culture supernatant containing rhuHGF was concentrated and clarified, then conditioned by the addition of solid NaCl to 0.3 M. rhuHGF was then purified in a single step using cation exchange chromatography.
- concentrated culture supernatant was loaded onto a column of S-Sepharose Fast Flow equilibrated in 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 0.3 M NaCl. After washing out unbound protein, rhuHGF was eluted in a linear gradient from 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 0.3 M NaCl to 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 1.2 M NaCl. rhuHGF-containing fractions were pooled based on SDS-PAGE analysis. The S Sepharose Fast Flow pool was concentrated and exchanged into 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 0.5 M NaCl by gel filtration on Sephadex G25 to a final concentration of about 3-5 mg/ml.
- a rhuHGF stock solution was then prepared by diluting the rhuHGF in assay buffer (0.5% bovine serum albumin, 0.05% Tween-20, 0.01% Thimersol in PBS) to a concentration of 10 ⁇ g/ml.
- a stock solution of control gp120 antibody (Genentech, Inc.) was also prepared by diluting the antibody in assay buffer to a concentration of 10 ⁇ g/ml.
- rhuHGF rhuHGF, gp120 antibody or one of the 24 monoclonal antibodies was added to designated wells to yield a final concentration of 1000, 100, 10, or 1 ng/ml/well.
- 50 ⁇ l of 200 ng/ml biotinylated rhuHGF rhuHGF biotinylated using Biotin-X-NHS obtained from Research Organics, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
- HRP-streptavidin (1:2000 dilution in assay buffer) (purchased from Zymed Laboratories), was added to the wells and the plates were incubated for 30 minutes. The plates were washed again 3 times with washing buffer. 50 ⁇ l of substrate (5 mg OPD, 12.5 ml PBS, 5 ⁇ l H 2 O 2 ) was added to the wells and color was allowed to develop for 20 minutes. The reaction was stopped by adding 100 ⁇ l 4.5 N sulfuric acid to each well. Absorbance at 492 nm was quantitated in an automated microtiter plate reader.
- 1A3.3.13 One of the monoclonal antibodies, referred to as 1A3.3.13, significantly blocked binding of HGF ( FIG. 2 ). Further antibody analysis showed that the 1A3.3.13 monoclonal antibody is an IgG1 isotype antibody comprising a kappa light chain.
- Example 3D6, 6G1, and 1A3.3.13 Several different antibodies produced in the fusion described in Example 1, referred to as 3D6, 6G1, and 1A3.3.13, and purified as described in Example 3, were tested and compared for their ability to induce DNA synthesis in a human mammary epithelial cell bioassay.
- Human mammary epithelial cells obtained from Clonetics Corp., No. CC-2551) were passaged in Mammary Epithelial Cell Basal Medium (Clonetics Corp., No. CC-3151). Prior to conducting the bioassay, the cells were trypsinized, washed, and resuspended in assay medium (Basal Medium supplemented with 1 mg/ml BSA, penicillin, streptomycin and L-glutamine) to a concentration of 1 ⁇ 10 5 cells/ml. Next, 100 ⁇ l of the cells were added to the wells of 96-well culture plates.
- assay medium Basal Medium supplemented with 1 mg/ml BSA, penicillin, streptomycin and L-glutamine
- rhuHGF (described in Example 3) was diluted in assay medium at concentrations of 20 ng/ml and 200 ng/ml.
- the 3D6, 6G1, 1A3.3.13, and control gp120 antibodies were diluted in assay medium at concentrations of 200 ng/ml and 2 ⁇ g/ml. 100 ⁇ l of the rhuHGF and antibody preparations was then added to designated wells. The plates were incubated at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 for 16 hours.
- Anti-c-Met antibodies 05-237 and 05-238 purchased from Upstate Biotechnology Inc., Lake Placid, N.Y.; see also, Prat et al., Mol. Cell. Biol ., supra, Prat et al., Int. J. Cancer , supra) and antibody 3D6 (described in Example 4) were tested and compared for their ability to induce DNA synthesis in a mink lung bioassay.
- Mink lung cells (Mv 1 Lu, ATCC CCl 64) were passaged in DME/F12 (50:50) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, penicillin, streptomycin and L-glutamine. Prior to conducting the bioassay, the mink lung cells were trypsinized, washed, and resuspended in assay medium (DME/F12 medium supplemented with 1 mg/ml BSA, penicillin, streptomycin and L-glutamine) to a concentration of 1 ⁇ 10 5 cells/ml. The bioassay was then conducted as described in Example 4.
- Antagonistic activity of 1A3.3.13 monoclonal antibody Fab fragments was determined using a thymidine incorporation assay.
- Monoclonal antibody 1A3.3.13 (described in Example 3) was digested with papain to obtain the Fab fragments.
- the papain digestion was performed by initially dialyzing the antibody against a 20 mM phosphate/10 mM EDTA, pH 7.0, buffer overnight. The antibody was then concentrated to approximately 10 mg/ml. Next, 0.5 ml immobilized papain (crosslinked 6% beaded agarose, obtained from Pierce Chemicals) was added to a 16 ⁇ 100 mm tube.
- the papain beads were washed 2 times with 4 ml of digestion buffer (42 mg cysteine-HCl in 12 ml phosphate buffer, pH 10). Each wash was removed using a separator. About 0.5 to 1 ml of the 1A3.3.13 antibody was added to the papain beads and then incubated in a heated shaker bath (37° C., 200 rpm) overnight. 1.5 ml of binding buffer (Immunopure IgG Binding Buffer obtained from Pierce Chemicals) was added to the tube, and the supernatant was separated from the beads with a separator. The supernatant was then passed over a Protein A column equilibrated with the binding buffer.
- digestion buffer 42 mg cysteine-HCl in 12 ml phosphate buffer, pH 10
- An expression plasmid was prepared by inserting a full-length cDNA for human c-Met (described as pOK met cDNA in Rodrigues et al., supra) into a pRK5.tk.neo vector [de Sauvage et al., Nature, 369:533-538 (1994); Gorman, DNA Cloning: A New Approach, 2:143-190 (IRL Washington 1985)].
- the resulting plasmid was linearized and transfected into the IL-3 dependent cell line, BaF3 [Palacios et al., Cell, 41:727-734 (1985)] by electroporation (800 microfarad, 250 V, BRL electroporator).
- transfectants were performed by culturing the cells for 2-3 weeks in the presence of 2 mg/ml G418.
- One of the selected transfectant cell lines referred to as BaF3-hmet.8, was confirmed by Western blotting to express c-Met.
- BaF3-hmet.8 also tested positive for response to HGF in a proliferation assay measuring incorporation of 3 H-thymidine. Neither the parental BaF3 cells nor any cells derived by transfection with the pRK5.tk.neo vector alone (“BaF3-neo”) were found to express c-Met or respond to HGF in the proliferation assay.
- the BaF3-hmet.8 cells were passaged in RPMI medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 5% WEHI-conditioned medium (as a source of IL-3) and 2 mM glutamine. Prior to conducting the assay, the cells were washed twice with assay medium (RPMI medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum) and resuspended in assay medium to a concentration of 5 ⁇ 10 4 cells/ml. Next, 100 ⁇ l of the cells was added to each well in the 96-well culture plates.
- control gp120 Fab fragments gp120 monoclonal antibody digested with papain as described above
- 1A3.3.13 Fab fragments were prepared in assay medium and 100 ⁇ l was added to designated wells. The plates were incubated at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 for 15 hours.
- the 5D5 monoclonal antibody (as described in Example 2) was dialyzed and digested with papain essentially as described in Example 6 except that after dialysis, the antibody was concentrated to 7 mg/ml using a Centricon 30 filter. After dialyzing the 5D5 Fab fragments against PBS overnight, the preparation of 5D5 Fab fragments was further purified by gel filtration (SuperoseTM 12, Pharmacia) to remove residual F(ab′) 2 .
- the binding specificity of the 5D5 antibody was examined by incubating BaF3-hmet cells or BaF3-neo cells (each described in Example 6) with saturating concentrations of 5D5 antibody or a control IgG, followed by fluorescein-conjugated mouse anti-IgG. 10 ⁇ g/ml 5D5 antibody was incubated with 50 ⁇ l of 1 ⁇ 10 5 BaF3-hmet cells or BaF3-neo cells for 30 minutes at 4° C. in cell sorting buffer (PBS and 1% fetal calf serum). The cells were washed twice with cell sorting buffer and spun at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes.
- cell sorting buffer PBS and 1% fetal calf serum
- the cells were then incubated with 100 ⁇ l goat (Fab′) 2 anti-mouse IgG Fc (Cappel) at a 1:1000 dilution for 30 minutes at 4° C.
- the cells were again washed twice with cell sorting buffer and spun at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes.
- the cells were then transferred to microtiter tubes with 250 ⁇ l of cell sorting buffer and analyzed by flow cytometry with a Becton Dickinson FACScan.
- the 5D5 antibody binds to the BaF3-hmet cells but not to the BaF3-neo cells, indicating that 5D5 antibody binds c-Met.
- Example 7 An inhibition assay was also conducted, essentially as described in Example 3, to examine the ability of 5D5 antibody (Example 2) and 5D5 Fab (described in Example 7) to block binding of HGF to c-Met-IgG fusion protein.
- 5D5 antibody Example 2
- 5D5 Fab described in Example 7
- rhuHGF, 5D5 antibody, 5D5 Fab and control gp120 Fab were tested at concentrations ranging from 0 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, as shown in FIG. 7 .
- Each data point in the graph of FIG. 7 is the mean of triplicates.
- the data illustrated in FIG. 7 shows that both the 5D5 antibody and 5D5 Fab blocked binding of HGF to c-Met-IgG.
- Antagonistic activity of 5D5 Fab fragments was examined using a thymidine incorporation assay, as described in Example 6.
- Various concentrations (0, 0.01, 0.1, 1, 10 ⁇ g/ml) of control gp 120 Fab and 5D5 Fab (Example 7) were prepared in the assay medium and added to designated wells, either alone or in the presence of 10 ng/ml rhuHGF.
- the results are shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B .
- Data are the mean ⁇ SEM of 4 replicates in a representative experiment.
- the 5D5 Fab acts as an antagonist at concentrations as low as 1 ⁇ g/ml, significantly blocking BaF3-hmet cell proliferation in the presence of HGF.
- Antagonistic activity of 5D5 Fab fragments was examined in a mitogenic assay to measure induction of DNA synthesis in a human breast carcinoma cell line.
- MDA-MB-435 human breast carcinoma cells (ATCC HTB 129) (which express c-Met) were cultured in DMEM, 5% fetal bovine serum, 100 U/ml penicillin, 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin sulfate and 2 mM glutamine. Prior to conducting the assay, the cells were washed and resuspended in assay medium (DMEM, 0.1% BSA, 2 mM glutamine). The cells were then plated in a 96 well plate at 5,000 cells/well and incubated at 37° C.
- assay medium DMEM, 0.1% BSA, 2 mM glutamine
- Example 3 A549 cells (described in Example 1) were plated into 100 mm dishes. The next day the cells were washed twice with assay medium (MEM supplemented with 1% BSA) and then challenged for 10 minutes with NK1 (1 ⁇ g/ml) [NK1 prepared as described in Lokker et al., J. Biol. Chem., 268:17145-17150 (1993)] or 5D5 Fab alone (10 ⁇ g/ml) (Example 7) or with rhuHGF (10 ng/ml) (Example 3).
- MEM assay medium
- NK1 prepared as described in Lokker et al., J. Biol. Chem., 268:17145-17150 (1993)
- 5D5 Fab alone (10 ⁇ g/ml) Example 7
- rhuHGF 10 ng/ml
- the cells were washed twice with PBS, and then lysed in 1 ml lysis buffer (PBS, 0.2% Triton X-100, 10 ⁇ g/ml aprotonin, 5 mM NaF, 2 mM sodium orthovanadate, and 0.2 mM PMSF) for 30 minutes on an orbital shaker at room temperature.
- the lysate was centrifuged for 10 minutes and 100 ⁇ l supernatant was transferred in duplicate to the blocked microtiter plates. After incubation for 2 hours at 23° C., tyrosine phosphorylation was detected by incubation for 2 hours at 23° C.
- FIGS. 10A and 10B lysates were analyzed for relative amounts of tyrosine phosphorylated c-Met ( FIG. 10A ) and total c-Met ( FIG. 10B ). Results shown in FIGS. 10A and 10B are the mean ⁇ SEM of 4 replicates from a representative experiment. NK1 did stimulate tyrosine phosphorylation of c-Met (indicating agonistic activity), but did not significantly inhibit the response of A549 cells to the HGF. In contrast, 5D5 Fab had no stimulatory effect on tyrosine phosphorylation and blocked HGF responses.
- heparin on the antagonistic activity of 5D5 Fab was examined using a thymidine incorporation assay, as described in Examples 6 and 9 except that BaF3-hmet cells were incubated with NK1 (described in Example 10; 0, 0, 01, 0.1, 1 ⁇ g/ml), 5D5 Fab (described in Example 7; 0, 0.01, 0.1, 1, 10 ⁇ g/ml) or 5D5 Fab and 10 ng/ml HGF. Each incubation was done in the absence or presence of heparin (1 ⁇ g/ml) (Sigma). The results, shown in FIGS. 11A-11C , are the mean ⁇ SEM of 4 replicates from a representative experiment.
- NK1 can be converted to an agonistic molecule by the presence of exogenous heparin.
- heparin did not confer agonist activity on the 5D5 Fab ( FIG. 11B ).
- the response to HGF was enhanced by heparin, the 5D5 Fab remained an antagonist and completely blocked HGF activity ( FIG. 11C ).
- A549 cells (described in Example 1) were added to the upper wells of a 48-well modified Boyden chamber (NEURO PROBE INC., Cabin John, MD) containing rhuHGF (10 ng/ml) and/or 5D5 Fab (Example 7; 10 ⁇ g/ml) in the lower wells.
- a barrier of polyvinylpyrrolidone-free polycarbonate filter with 8 micron pore size was employed. After incubation for 6 hours at 37° C., the cells on the upper surface of the membrane were scraped off, and the membrane was stained with DifQuikTM (Baxter Scientific Products).
- DifQuikTM Baxter Scientific Products
- the Fab fragment was reduced with 7 mM DTT at 45° C. for 1 hour and alkylated with 180 mM isopropylacetamide at 25° C. for 20 minutes [Krutzsch et al., Anal. Biochem., 209:109-116 (1993)].
- the alkylated Fab fragment was then exchanged 3 ⁇ in a Microcon-10 with 0.1 M sodium phosphate containing 10 mM DTT (in digestion buffer) and digested with 1 mU of pyroglumate aminopeptidase (Takara Biochemicals, Berkeley, Calif.) at 45° C. for 3 hours in 20 ⁇ l digestion buffer.
- the deblocked Fab was then transferred to the PVDF membrane and sequenced as described above.
- N-terminal sequence data were used to design PCR primers specific for the 5′ ends of the variable regions of the light and heavy chains, while 3′ primers were designed to anneal to the concensus framework 4 of each chain [Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest , Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., (1991)].
- the primers were also designed to add restriction enzyme sites for cloning.
- Reverse transcription was performed under standard conditions [Kawasaki et al., PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Applications , Innis et al., eds., Academic Press, San Diego, pp. 21-27 (1990)] using the framework 4 specific primers and Superscript II RNase H-Reverse Transcriptase (Gibco-BRL, Gaithersburg, Md.).
- PCR amplification employed Taq polymerase (Perkin Elmer-Cetus, Foster City, Calif.), as described in Kawasaki et al., supra, except that 2% DMSO was included in the reaction mixture.
- Amplified DNA fragments were digested with restriction enzymes SfiI and RsrII (light chain) or MluI and ApaI (heavy chain), gel purified, and cloned into a derivative of expression plasmid pAK19 [Carter et al., Bio/Technology, 10:163-167 (1992)].
- This vector, pXCA730 was modified by site-directed mutagenesis [Kunkel et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 82:488 (1985)] to contain unique restriction sites between the STII signal sequences and the variable domains, and at the junction of the variable and constant domains of each chain.
- the light and heavy chain variable domain cDNAs were inserted upstream and in frame to human CK and CH1 domains.
- FIG. 12 shows a schematic representation of plasmid p5D5 containing the discistronic operon for expression of the chimer 5D5 Fab. Expression was under the control of the E. coli alkaline phosphatase promoter, which is inducible by phosphate starvation. Each antibody chain was preceded by the E. coli heat-stable enterotoxin II signal sequence to direct sequence to the periplasmic space of E. coli .
- the murine variable domains from antibody 5D5 (V L and V H ) were precisely fused on their 3′ side to human K 1 C L and C H1 constant domains, respectively.
- the cell pellet from a 10-L fermentation was harvested by continuous feed centrifugation, frozen and stored at ⁇ 70° C. A portion of the pellet was suspended in extraction buffer (120 mM MES, pH 6.0, and 5 mM EDTA, 5 ml/gram of paste). The suspension was mixed thoroughly using an ultraturrax (Janke and Kunkel) for approximately 15 minutes at 4° C. Intact cells were then disrupted using 2 passes through a cell homogenizer (Microfluidizer, by Microfluidics Corp., Newton, Mass.) fitted with a cooling coil. The suspension was then adjusted to 0.1% (v/v) polyethyleneimine using a 5% (v/v) stock which had been adjusted to pH 6.0.
- extraction buffer 120 mM MES, pH 6.0, and 5 mM EDTA, 5 ml/gram of paste.
- the suspension was mixed thoroughly using an ultraturrax (Janke and Kunkel) for approximately 15 minutes at 4° C. Intact cells were then disrupted using
- Intact cells and PEI-flocculated debris were separated from the soluble fraction by centrifugation at 25,400 ⁇ g for 30 minutes.
- the supernatant was adjusted to a conductivity less than 4 mS by addition of purified water and loaded onto a column (1 ⁇ 10 cm) of Bakerbond ABX, 40 micron particle size (J. T. Baker, Phillipsburg, N.J.).
- the column had been equilibrated in 50 mM MES, 5 mM EDTA, pH 6.0. All steps were done at a linear flow rate of 100 cm/hour. After loading, the column was washed with equilibration buffer until the absorbance of the column effluent was equivalent to baseline.
- Elution was performed using a 16-column volume, linear gradient from 0 to 100 mM ammonium sulfate in equilibration buffer. Column fractions were analyzed by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and fractions which contained the Fab were pooled. The conductivity of the pool from the ABX column was lowered to less than 4 mS and loaded onto a column (1 ⁇ 10 cm) of SP-Sepharose High Performance resin (Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) that had been equilibrated in 25 mM MOPS buffer, pH 6.9. All steps were performed at a linear flow rate of 100 cm/hour. Following the load, the column was washed with one column volume of equilibration buffer.
- the 5D5 Fab was then eluted from the column using a 16-column volume, linear gradient from 0 to 200 mM sodium acetate in equilibration buffer. Column fractions were analyzed by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and fractions which contained the Fab were pooled.
- the light chain of the 5D5 Fab included amino acid residues 1 to 220, as shown in FIG. 1A (SEQ ID NO:1), and the heavy chain included amino acid residues 1 to 230 (wherein amino acid residue 1 comprised a glutamine acid residue), as shown in FIG. 1B (SEQ ID NO:2).
- Molecular weight analysis of the 5D5 Fab showed that it had a molecular weight of approximately 45 kDa. Although not fully understood, it is believed that amino acid residue 1 of native 5D5 Fab heavy chain may be a glutamine residue.
- An inhibition assay was conducted, essentially as described in Examples 3 and 8, to examine the ability of recombinant 5D5 Fab (Example 13) to block binding of HGF to c-Met-IgG fusion protein.
- rhuHGF, recombinant 5D5 Fab, or a recombinant control Fab were tested at concentrations ranging from 0.001-10 ⁇ g/ml, as shown in FIG. 13 .
- the data, shown in FIG. 13 is the mean ⁇ SD of duplicate wells.
- the graph in FIG. 13 illustrates that the recombinant 5D5 Fab inhibited HGF binding to c-Met while the control did not.
- heparin on antagonistic activity of recombinant 5D5 Fab was examined using a thymidine incorporation assay as described in Examples 6, 9 and 11.
- BaF3-hmet cells were incubated with 0-10,000 ng/ml recombinant 5D5 Fab (Example 13) or recombinant control Fab alone (anti-VEGF Fab; described in Example 14), with 1 ⁇ g/ml heparin (Sigma), with 10 ng/ml rhuHGF, or with 10 ng/ml rhuHGF plus 1 ⁇ g/ml heparin.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
Abstract
Hepatocyte growth factor (HGF) receptor antagonists are provided. The HGF receptor antagonists include HGF receptor antibodies and fragments thereof. The HGF receptor antagonists can be employed to block binding of HGF to HGF receptors or substantially inhibit HGF receptor activation. The HGF receptor antagonists may be included in pharmaceutical compositions, articles of manufacture, or kits. Methods of treating cancer using the HGF receptor antagonists are also provided.
Description
- This application is a continuation application claiming priority to application Ser. No. 11/591,436, filed Oct. 31, 2006, which is a continuation of Ser. No. 10/232,408, filed Sep. 3, 2002, which is a continuation of Ser. No. 09/669,971 filed Sep. 26, 2000, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,468,529, which is a continuation of Ser. No. 08/952,235, filed Feb. 17, 1998, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,207,152, which is a 371 of PCT/US96/08094 filed May 31, 1996, and a continuation-in-part of 08/460,368 filed Jun. 2, 1995, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,686,292, the entire disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- This application relates to hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists. The application also relates to the use of the antagonists in therapy or diagnosis of particular pathological conditions in mammals, including cancer.
- Hepatocyte growth factor (“HGF”) functions as a growth factor for particular tissues and cell types. HGF was identified initially as a mitogen for hepatocytes [Michalopoulos et al., Cancer Res., 444:4414-4419 (1984); Russel et al., J. Cell. Physiol., 119:183-192 (1984); Nakamura et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 122:1450-1459 (1984)]. Nakamura et al., supra, reported the purification of HGF from the serum of partially hepatectomized rats. Subsequently, HGF was purified from rat platelets, and its subunit structure was determined [Nakamura et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 83:6489-6493 (1986); Nakamura et al., FEBS Letters, 224:311-316 (1987)]. The purification of human HGF (“huHGF”) from human plasma was first described by Gohda et al., J. Clin. Invest., 81:414-419 (1988).
- Both rat HGF and huHGF have been molecularly cloned, including the cloning and sequencing of a naturally occurring variant lacking 5 amino acids designated “delta5 HGF” [Miyazawa et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 163:967-973 (1989); Nakamura et al., Nature, 342:440-443 (1989); Seki et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 172:321-327 (1990); Tashiro et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:3200-3204 (1990); Okajima et al., Eur. J. Biochem., 193:375-381 (1990)].
- The mature form of huHGF, corresponding to the major form purified from human serum, is a disulfide linked heterodimer derived by proteolytic cleavage of the human pro-hormone between amino acids R494 and V495. This cleavage process generates a molecule composed of an α-subunit of 440 amino acids (Mr 69 kDa) and a β-subunit of 234 amino acids (Mr 34 kDa). The nucleotide sequence of the huHGF cDNA reveals that both the α- and the β-chains are contained in a single open reading frame coding for a pre-pro precursor protein. In the predicted primary structure of mature huHGF, an interchain S—S bridge is formed between Cys 487 of the α-chain and Cys 604 in the β-chain [see Nakamura et al., Nature, supra]. The N-terminus of the α-chain is preceded by 54 amino acids, starting with a methionine group. This segment includes a characteristic hydrophobic leader (signal) sequence of 31 residues and the prosequence. The α-chain starts at amino acid (aa) 55, and contains four kringle domains. The
kringle 1 domain extends from about aa 128 to about aa 206, the kringle 2 domain is between about aa 211 and about aa 288, thekringle 3 domain is defined as extending from about aa 303 to about aa 383, and the kringle 4 domain extends from about aa 391 to about aa 464 of the α-chain. - The definition of the various kringle domains is based on their homology with kringle-like domains of other proteins (such as prothrombin and plasminogen), therefore, the above limits are only approximate. To date, the function of these kringles has not been determined. The β-chain of huHGF shows high homology to the catalytic domain of serine proteases (38% homology to the plasminogen serine protease domain). However, two of the three residues which form the catalytic triad of serine proteases are not conserved in huHGF. Therefore, despite its serine protease-like domain, huHGF appears to have no proteolytic activity, and the precise role of the β-chain remains unknown. HGF contains four putative glycosylation sites, which are located at positions 294 and 402 of the α-chain and at positions 566 and 653 of the β-chain.
- Comparisons of the amino acid sequence of rat HGF with that of huHGF have revealed that the two sequences are highly conserved and have the same characteristic structural features. The length of the four kringle domains in rat HGF is exactly the same as in huHGF. Furthermore, the cysteine residues are located in exactly the same positions, an indication of similar three-dimensional structures [Okajima et al., supra; Tashiro et al., supra].
- In a portion of cDNA isolated from human leukocytes, in-frame deletion of 15 base pairs was observed. Transient expression of the cDNA sequence in COS-1 cells revealed that the encoded HGF molecule (delta5 HGF) lacking 5 amino acids in the
kringle 1 domain was fully functional [Seki et al., supra]. - A naturally occurring huHGF variant has been identified which corresponds to an alternative spliced form of the huHGF transcript containing the coding sequences for the N-terminal finger and first two kringle domains of mature huHGF [Chan et al., Science, 254:1382-1385 (1991); Miyazawa et al., Eur. J. Biochem., 197:15-22 (1991)]. This variant, designated HGF/NK2, has been proposed by some investigators to be a competitive antagonist of mature huHGF. Hartmann et al. have reported, however, that HGF/NK2 may retain the ability to cause MDCK cells to scatter [Hartmann et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 89:11574-11578 (1992)].
- Another HGF variant, designated HGF/NK1, has also been reported to act as a competitive antagonist of HGF [Lokker et al., J. Biol. Chem., 268:17145-17150 (1993); Lokker et al., EMBO J., 11:2503-2510 (1992)]. That HGF/NK1 molecule, containing the N-terminal hairpin and the first kringle domain, was found to block binding of HGF to the HGF receptor on A549 human lung carcinoma cells. It was also found, however, that certain concentrations of the HGF/NK1 induced a detectable increase in receptor tyrosine phosphorylation in the A549 cells, suggesting some agonistic activity. Accordingly, it is believed that the agonist or antagonist action of HGF/NK1 may be dependent upon cell type.
- HGF and HGF variants are described further in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,227,158, 5,316,921, and 5,328,837.
- A high affinity receptor for HGF has been identified as the product of the c-Met proto-oncogene [Bottaro et al., Science, 251:802-804 (1991); Naldini et al., Oncogene, 6:501-504 (1991); WO 92/13097 published Aug. 6, 1992; WO 93/15754 published Aug. 19, 1993]. This receptor is usually referred to as “c-Met” or “p190MET” and typically comprises, in its native form, a 190-kDa heterodimeric (a disulfide-linked 50-kDa α-chain and a 145-kDa β-chain) membrane-spanning tyrosine kinase protein [Park et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 84:6379-6383 (1987)]. Several truncated forms of the c-Met receptor have also been described [WO 92/20792; Prat et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 11:5954-5962 (1991)].
- The binding activity of HGF to c-Met is believed to be conveyed by a functional domain located in the N-terminal portion of the HGF molecule, including the first two kringles [Matsumoto et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 181:691-699 (1991); Hartmann et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 89:11574-11578 (1992); Lokker et al., EMBO J., 11:2503-2510 (1992); Lokker and Godowski, J. Biol. Chem., 268:17145-17150 (1991)]. The c-Met protein becomes phosphorylated on tyrosine residues of the 145-kDa β-subunit upon HGF binding.
- Certain antibodies to this HGF receptor have been reported in the literature. Several such antibodies are described below.
- Prat et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., supra, describe several monoclonal antibodies specific for the extracellular domain of the β-chain encoded by the c-Met gene [see also, WO 92/20792]. The monoclonal antibodies were selected following immunization of Balb/c mice with whole living GTL-16 cells (human gastric carcinoma cell line) overexpressing the Met protein. The spleen cells obtained from the immunized mice were fused with Ag8.653 myeloma cells, and hybrid supernatants were screened for binding to GTL-16 cells. Four monoclonal antibodies, referred to as DL-21, DN-30, DN-31 and DO-24, were selected.
- Prat et al., Int. J. Cancer, 49:323-328 (1991) describe using anti-c-Met monoclonal antibody DO-24 for detecting distribution of the c-Met protein in human normal and neoplastic tissues [see, also, Yamada et al., Brain Research, 637:308-312 (1994)]. The murine monoclonal antibody DO-24 was reported to be an IgG2a isotype antibody.
- Crepaldi et al., J. Cell Biol., 125: 313-320 (1994) report using monoclonal antibodies DO-24 and DN-30 [described in Prat et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., supra] and monoclonal antibody DQ-13 to identify subcellular distribution of HGF receptors in epithelial tissues and in MDCK cell monolayers. According to Crepaldi et al., monoclonal antibody DQ-13 was raised against a peptide corresponding to nineteen COOH-terminal amino acids (from Ser1372 to Ser1390) of the human c-Met sequence.
- A monoclonal antibody specific for the cytoplasmic domain of human c-Met has also been described [Bottaro et al., supra].
- Several of the monoclonal antibodies referenced above are commercially available from Upstate Biotechnology Incorporated, Lake Placid, N.Y. Monoclonal antibodies DO-24 and DL-21, specific for the extracellular epitope of c-Met, are available from Upstate Biotechnology Incorporated. Monoclonal antibody DQ-13, specific for the intracellular epitope of c-Met, is also available from Upstate Biotechnology Incorporated.
- In addition to binding c-Met, it is recognized that HGF binds to some heparin and heparan sulfate proteoglycans which are present on cell surfaces or in extracellular matrices [Rouslahti et al., Cell, 64:867-869 (1991); Lyon et al., J. Biol. Chem., 269:11216-11223 (1994)]. Heparan sulfate is a glycosaminoglycan similar in composition and structure to heparin and is found on many mammalian cell surfaces. Various hypotheses have been proposed to explain the role of heparin and heparan sulfate proteoglycans (“HSPGs”) in the regulation of certain growth factor activity. For example, it has been hypothesized that upon binding heparin or HSPGs, certain growth factors may have a more favorable conformation for binding to their respective high affinity receptors [Lindahl et al., Annual Rev. Biochem., 47:385-417 (1995)]; that HSPGs may serve as docking sites for certain growth factors facilitating the presentation of ligand to its high affinity receptor [Yayon et al., Cell, 64:841-848 (1991); Moscatelli et al., J. Biol. Chem., 267:25803-25809 (1992); Nugent et al., Biochemistry, 31:8876-8883 (1992)]; and that HSPGs may promote ligand dimerization facilitating receptor activation [Ornitz et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 12:240-247 (1992); Spivak-Kroizman et al., Cell, 79:1015-1024 (1994)]. It has further been postulated that certain growth factors are more stable or resistant to proteolytic activity [Damon et al., J. Cell. Physiol., 138:221-226 (1989); Mueller et al., J. Cell. Physiol., 140:439-448 (1989); Rosengart et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 152:432-440 (1998)] and denaturation [Copeland et al., Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 289:53-61 (1994)] when bound to heparin. Coincubation of HGF with soluble heparin and other heparin-like molecules has been reported to promote dimerization/oligomerization of HGF and to potentiate HGF mitogenic activity. [see, e.g., WO 94/09969 published Mar. 16, 1995; Zioncheck et al., J. Biol. Chem., 270:16871-16878 (1995)].
- Mizuno et al. describe some experiments which attempted to locate heparin-binding sites within the HGF molecule [Mizuno et al., J. Biol. Chem., 269:1131-1136 (1994)]. Mizuno et al. constructed variously deleted mutant HGFs [d-K1 (deletion of first kringle domain); d-K2 (deletion of second kringle domain); d-K3 (deletion of third kringle domain); d-K4 (deletion of fourth kringle domain); d-beta (deletion of beta chain); d-H (deletion of N-terminal hairpin loop); and HK1K2 (consisting of N-terminal hairpin loop and the first and second kringle domains)] and examined their respective binding to an immobilized heparin column. The reference reports that the d-H and d-K2 mutants exhibited decreased binding to heparin affinity columns, while the native HGF and the other constructed HGF mutants tightly bound to the heparin columns.
- Various biological activities have been described for HGF and its c-Met receptor [see, generally, Chan et al., Hepatocyte Growth Factor-Scatter Factor (HGF-SF) and the C-Met Receptor, Goldberg and Rosen, eds., Birkhauser Verlag-Basel (1993), pp. 67-79]. It has been observed that levels of HGF increase in the plasma of patients with hepatic failure [Gohda et al., supra] and in the plasma [Lindroos et al., Hepatol., 13:734-750 (1991)] or serum [Asami et al., J. Biochem., 109:8-13 (1991)] of animals with experimentally induced liver damage. The kinetics of this response are usually rapid, and precedes the first round of DNA synthesis during liver regeneration. HGF has also been shown to be a mitogen for certain cell types, including melanocytes, renal tubular cells, keratinocytes, certain endothelial cells and cells of epithelial origin [Matsumoto et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 176:45-51 (1991); Igawa et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 174:831-838 (1991); Han et al., Biochem., 30:9768-9780 (1991); Rubin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:415-419 (1991)]. Both HGF and the c-Met protooncogene have been postulated to play a role in microglial reactions to CNS injuries [DiRenzo et al., Oncogene, 8:219-222 (1993)].
- HGF can also act as a “scatter factor”, an activity that promotes the dissociation of epithelial and vascular endothelial cells in vitro [Stoker et al., Nature, 327:239-242 (1987); Weidner et al., J. Cell Biol., 111:2097-2108 (1990); Naldini et al., EMBO J., 10:2867-2878 (1991); Giordano et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 649-653 (1993)]. Moreover, HGF has recently been described as an epithelial morphogen [Montesano et al., Cell, 67:901-908 (1991)]. Therefore, HGF has been postulated to be important in tumor invasion [Comoglio, Hepatocyte Growth Factor-Scatter Factor (HGF-SF) and the C-Met Receptor, Goldberg and Rosen, eds., Birkhauser Verlag-Basel (1993), pp. 131-165]. Bellusci et al., Oncogene, 9:1091-1099 (1994) report that HGF can promote motility and invasive properties of NBT-II bladder carcinoma cells.
- c-Met RNA has been detected in several murine myeloid progenitor tumor cell lines [Iyer et al., Cell Growth and Differentiation, 1:87-95 (1990)]. Further, c-Met is expressed in various human solid tumors [Prat et al., Int. J. Cancer, supra]. Overexpression of the c-Met oncogene has also been suggested to play a role in the pathogenesis and progression of thyroid tumors derived from follicular epithelium [DiRenzo et al., Oncogene, 7:2549-2553 (1992)]. Chronic c-Met/HGF receptor activation has also been observed in certain malignancies [Cooper et al., EMBO J., 5:2623 (1986); Giordano et al., Nature, 339:155 (1989)].
- In view of the role of HGF and/or c-Met in potentiating or promoting such diseases or pathological conditions, it would be useful to have a means of substantially reducing or inhibiting one or more of the biological effects of HGF and c-Met.
- The invention provides HGF receptor antagonists which are capable of specifically binding to a HGF receptor. Preferred HGF receptor antagonists are capable of substantially reducing or inhibiting the mitogenic, motogenic (migration or scatter) or other biological activity of HGF or HGF receptor activation, and thus are useful in the treatment of various diseases and pathological conditions such as cancer. In one embodiment of the invention, the HGF receptor antagonist is an antibody. Preferably, this antagonist is a monoclonal antibody, and more preferably, is a Fab fragment of a monoclonal antibody.
- The invention also provides hybridoma cell lines which produce HGF receptor antagonist monoclonal antibodies.
- The invention also provides HGF receptor antagonists that comprise isolated polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequences of
FIG. 1A (SEQ ID NO:1) andFIG. 1B (SEQ ID NO:2). The polypeptides consisting of the amino acid sequences ofFIG. 1A (SEQ ID NO:1) andFIG. 1B (SEQ ID NO:2) correspond to the light chain and heavy chain, respectively, of monoclonal antibody 5D5 Fab, described herein. - The invention also provides chimeric molecules comprising HGF receptor antagonist linked or fused to another, heterologous polypeptide or polymer. An example of such a chimeric molecule comprises a HGF receptor antagonist amino acid sequence linked or fused to an albumin sequence or polyethylene glycol (“PEG”) sequence.
- The invention further provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding HGF receptor antagonist. In one aspect, the nucleic acid molecule is RNA or DNA that encodes a HGF receptor antagonist or is complementary to a nucleic acid sequence encoding such HGF receptor antagonist, and remains stably bound to it under stringent conditions. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid sequences are selected from:
- (a) the nucleic acid sequence of
FIG. 1A that codes forresidue 1 to residue 220 (i.e.,nucleotides 1 through 660; SEQ ID NO:3), inclusive; - (b) the nucleic acid sequence of
FIG. 1B that codes forresidue 1 to residue 230 (i.e.,nucleotides 1 through 690; SEQ ID NO:4), inclusive; or - (c) a nucleic acid sequence corresponding to the sequence of (a) or (b) within the scope of degeneracy of the genetic code.
- The invention also provides a replicable vector comprising the nucleic acid molecule(s) encoding the HGF receptor antagonist operably linked to control sequence(s) recognized by a host cell transfected or transformed with the vector. A host cell comprising the vector or the nucleic acid molecule(s) is also provided. A method of producing HGF receptor antagonist which comprises culturing a host cell comprising the nucleic acid molecule(s) and recovering the protein from the host cell culture is further provided.
- The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more HGF receptor antagonists in a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition may be included in an article of manufacture or kit.
- The invention also provides methods of employing HGF receptor antagonists, including methods of inhibiting HGF receptor activation.
- The invention further provides methods for treating cancer comprising administering to a mammal diagnosed as having cancer an effective amount of a HGF receptor antagonist. The HGF receptor antagonist alone may be administered to the mammal, or alternatively, may be administered to the mammal in combination with other therapeutic agents such as anti-cancer agents.
- It is believed that the antagonists can be used to block binding of HGF to HGF receptor(s) or substantially prevent HGF receptor activation, thereby treating pathologic conditions associated with binding of HGF to HGF receptor(s) or with the activation of HGF receptor(s).
-
FIGS. 1A and 1B show the amino acid sequences (and encoding nucleotides) for the light chain (FIG. 1A ) and heavy chain (FIG. 1B ), respectively, of monoclonal antibody 5D5 Fab. -
FIG. 2 is a graph showing the inhibition of HGF binding to c-Met-IgG fusion protein by monoclonal antibody 1A3.3.13. -
FIG. 3 is a bar diagram showing the stimulatory effect of monoclonal antibodies 3D6, 6G1, and 1A3.3.13 on human mammary epithelial cells in a proliferation assay. -
FIG. 4 is a bar diagram showing the stimulatory effect of monoclonal antibodies 3D6, 05-237 and 05-238 on mink lung cells in a proliferation assay. -
FIG. 5 is a bar diagram showing the inhibitory effect of monoclonal antibody 1A3.3.13 Fab fragments on BaF3-hmet.8 cells in a proliferation assay. -
FIGS. 6A and 6B are FACS analysis graphs showing binding specificity of monoclonal antibody 5D5 to BaF3-hmet.8 cells expressing c-Met. -
FIG. 7 is a graph showing the inhibition of HGF binding to c-Met-IgG fusion protein by monoclonal antibody 5D5 and by 5D5 Fab. -
FIGS. 8A and 8B are graphs showing the inhibitory effect of 5D5 Fab on BaF3-hmet.8 cells in a proliferation assay. -
FIG. 9 is a graph showing the inhibitory effect of 5D5 Fab on a human breast carcinoma cell line (MDA-MB-435) which expresses c-Met. -
FIGS. 10A and 10B are bar diagrams showing the inhibitory effect of 5D5 Fab on c-Met tyrosine phosphorylation. -
FIGS. 11A-11C are graphs comparing inhibitory effects of NK1 (FIG. 11A ), 5D5 Fab (FIG. 11B ), and 5D5 Fab and rhuHGF (FIG. 11C ) on BaF3-hmet.8 cells in a proliferation assay conducted in the presence or absence of heparin. -
FIG. 12 is a restriction map of plasmid p5D5 containing the discistronic operon for expression of the chimer 5D5 Fab. -
FIG. 13 is a graph showing the inhibition of HGF binding to c-Met-IgG fusion protein by recombinant 5D5 Fab. -
FIGS. 14A-14D are graphs comparing the inhibitory effect of recombinant 5D5 Fab and recombinant anti-VEGF Fab (control Fab) on BaF3-hmet.8 cells in a proliferation assay conducted in the presence or absence of heparin. - As used herein, the terms “hepatocyte growth factor” and “HGF” refer to a growth factor typically having a structure with six domains (finger,
Kringle 1, Kringle 2,Kringle 3, Kringle 4 and serine protease domains) and having the property of binding to a HGF receptor, as defined below. The terms “hepatocyte growth factor” and “HGF” include hepatocyte growth factor from humans (“huHGF”) and any non-human mammalian species, and in particular rat HGF. The terms as used herein include mature, pre, pre-pro, and pro forms, purified or isolated from a natural source, chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced. Human HGF is encoded by the cDNA sequence published by Miyazawa et al., 1989, supra, or Nakamura et al., 1989, supra. The sequences reported by Miyazawa et al. and Nakamura et al. differ in 14 amino acids. The reason for the differences is not entirely clear; polymorphism or cloning artifacts are among the possibilities. Both sequences are specifically encompassed by the foregoing terms. It will be understood that natural allelic variations exist and can occur among individuals, as demonstrated by one or more amino acid differences in the amino acid sequence of each individual. The HGF of the invention preferably has at least about 80% sequence identity, more preferably at least about 90% sequence identity, and even more preferably, at least about 95% sequence identity with a native mammalian HGF. The terms “hepatocyte growth factor” and “HGF” specifically include the delta5 huHGF as disclosed by Seki et al., supra. - The terms “HGF receptor” and “c-Met” when used herein refer to a cellular receptor for HGF, which typically includes an extracellular domain, a transmembrane domain and an intracellular domain, as well as variants and fragments thereof which retain the ability to bind HGF. The terms “HGF receptor” and “c-Met” include the polypeptide molecule that comprises the full-length, native amino acid sequence encoded by the gene variously known as p190ME. The present definition specifically encompasses soluble forms of HGF receptor, and HGF receptor from natural sources, synthetically produced in vitro or obtained by genetic manipulation including methods of recombinant DNA technology. The HGF receptor variants or fragments preferably share at least about 65% sequence identity, and more preferably at least about 75% sequence identity with any domain of the human c-Met amino acid sequence published in Rodrigues et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 11:2962-2970 (1991); Park et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 84:6379-6383 (1987); or Ponzetto et al., Oncogene, 6:553-559 (1991).
- The term “5D5 Fab” is used herein to refer to polypeptide comprising
amino acid residues 1 to 220 of the amino acid sequence shown inFIG. 1A (SEQ ID NO:1) andamino acid residues 1 to 230 of the amino acid sequence shown inFIG. 1B (SEQ ID NO:2), as well as biologically active deletional, insertional, or substitutional variants thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the 5D5 Fab consists of the amino acid sequences shown inFIGS. 1A and 1B , which correspond to the light chain and heavy chain, respectively, of monoclonal antibody 5D5 Fab. In another preferred embodiment, the biologically active variants have at least about 80% sequence identity, more preferably at least about 90% sequence identity, and even more preferably, at least about 95% sequence identity with the sequences described above. The definition encompasses 5D5 Fab obtained from an antibody source, such as papain digestion of monoclonal antibody 5D5 described herein, or prepared by recombinant or synthetic methods, described for instance in Example 13 below. - The term “epitope tagged” when used herein refers to a chimeric polypeptide comprising HGF receptor antagonist, or a portion thereof, fused to a “tag polypeptide”. The tag polypeptide has enough residues to provide an epitope against which an antibody can be made, yet is short enough such that it does not interfere with activity of the antagonist. The tag polypeptide preferably also is fairly unique so that the antibody does not substantially cross-react with other epitopes. Suitable tag polypeptides generally have at least six amino acid residues and usually between about 8 to about 50 amino acid residues (preferably, between about 10 to about 20 residues).
- As used herein, the term “salvage receptor binding epitope” refers to an epitope of the Fc region of an IgG molecule (e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, or IgG4) that is responsible for increasing the in vivo half-life of the IgG molecule.
- “Isolated,” when used to describe the various polypeptides disclosed herein, means polypeptide that has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would typically interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous solutes. In preferred embodiments, the polypeptide will be purified (1) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (2) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under non-reducing or reducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated polypeptide includes polypeptide in situ within recombinant cells, since at least one component of the HGF receptor antagonist natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated polypeptide will be prepared by at least one purification step. Homogeneity here means less than about 5% contamination with other source proteins and polypeptides.
- An “isolated” HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecule is a nucleic acid molecule that is identified and separated from at least one contaminant nucleic acid molecule with which it is ordinarily associated in the natural source of the HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid. An isolated HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecule is other than in the form or setting in which it is found in nature. Isolated HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecules therefore are distinguished from the HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecule as it exists in natural cells. However, an isolated HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecule includes HGF receptor antagonist nucleic acid molecules contained in cells that ordinarily express HGF receptor antagonist where, for example, the nucleic acid molecule is in a chromosomal location different from that of natural cells.
- The term “control sequences” refers to DNA sequences necessary for the expression of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism. The control sequences that are suitable for prokaryotes, for example, include a promoter, optionally an operator sequence, and a ribosome binding site. Eukaryotic cells are known to utilize promoters, polyadenylation signals, and enhancers.
- Nucleic acid is “operably linked” when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For example, DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence; or a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation. Generally, “operably linked” means that the DNA sequences being linked are contiguous, and, in the case of a secretory leader, contiguous and in reading phase. However, enhancers do not have to be contiguous. Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites. If such sites do not exist, the synthetic oligonucleotide adaptors or linkers are used in accordance with conventional practice.
- The terms “amino acid” and “amino acids” refer to all naturally occurring L-α-amino acids. This definition is meant to include norleucine, ornithine, and homocysteine. The amino acids are identified by either the single-letter or three-letter designations:
-
Asp D aspartic acid Ile I isoleucine Thr T threonine Leu L leucine Ser S serine Tyr Y tyrosine Glu E glutamic acid Phe F phenylalanine Pro P proline His H histidine Gly G glycine Lys K lysine Ala A alanine Arg R arginine Cys C cysteine Trp W tryptophan Val V valine Gln Q glutamine Met M methionine Asn N asparagine - In the Sequence Listing and Figures, certain other single-letter or three-letter designations are employed to refer to and identify two or more amino acids at a given position in the amino acid sequence. For instance, at
amino acid residue 1 in SEQ ID NO:2, the three-letter designation “Glx” is employed to identify that atresidue 1, the amino acid may be a glutamine or a glutamic acid residue. - Nucleotide bases referred to in the Sequence Listing and Figures include “A” (adenine), “C” (cytosine), “G” (guanine), “T” (thymine) and “S” (cytosine or guanine).
- The term “heparin” is used in a broad sense and refers to a heterogeneous group of sulfated, straight-chain anionic mucopolysaccharides, often referred to as glycosaminoglycans. Although others may be present, the main sugars in heparin are: α-L-iduronic acid 2-sulfate, 2-deoxy-2-sulfamino-α-glucose 6-sulfate, β-D-glucuronic acid, 2-acetamido-2-deoxy-α-D-glucose, and L-iduronic acid. These and optionally other sugars are typically joined by glycosidic linkages. The molecular weight of heparin typically varies from about 6,000 to about 20,000 Da depending on the source and the method of molecular weight determination. Heparin is a native constituent of various cells and tissues, especially liver and lung, in several mammalian species.
- The term “heparin-independent” when used herein describes HGF receptor antagonists which have substantially reduced ability to bind heparin or are unable to bind heparin, or heparin-like glycosaminoglycans, including heparan sulfate and proteoglycans. Determination of whether a HGF receptor antagonist is heparin-independent can be determined by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. Heparin-independence can be determined, for example, by assaying the antagonist for HGF blocking activity in the presence of heparin, as described in the Examples, and observing the activity of the molecule.
- The terms “agonist” and “agonistic” when used herein refer to or describe a molecule which is capable of, directly or indirectly, substantially inducing, promoting or enhancing HGF biological activity or HGF receptor activation.
- The terms “antagonist” and “antagonistic” when used herein refer to or describe a molecule which is capable of, directly or indirectly, substantially counteracting, reducing or inhibiting HGF biological activity or HGF receptor activation.
- The term “HGF biological activity” when used herein refers to any mitogenic, motogenic or morphogenic activities of HGF or any activities occurring as a result of HGF binding to a HGF receptor. The term “HGF receptor activation” refers to HGF receptor dimerization or HGF receptor-induced tyrosine kinase activity. HGF receptor activation may occur as a result of HGF binding to a HGF receptor, but may alternatively occur independent of any HGF binding to a HGF receptor. HGF biological activity may, for example, be determined in an in vitro or in vivo assay of hepatocyte growth promotion. Adult rat hepatocytes in primary culture have been used to test the effect of HGF on hepatocyte proliferation. Accordingly, the effect of a HGF receptor antagonist can be determined in an assay suitable for testing the ability of HGF to induce DNA synthesis of rat hepatocytes in primary cultures. Human hepatocytes can be cultured similarly to the methods established for preparing primary cultures of normal rat hepatocytes. Alternatively, the effect of a HGF receptor antagonist can be determined in an assay suitable for testing the ability of HGF to induce DNA synthesis in other types of cells expressing HGF receptor(s), such as mink lung cells or human mammary epithelial cells described in Examples 4 and 5. DNA synthesis can, for example, be assayed by measuring incorporation of 3H-thymidine into DNA. The effectiveness of the HGF receptor antagonist can be determined by its ability to block proliferation and incorporation of the 3H-thymidine into DNA. The effect of HGF receptor antagonists can also be tested in vivo in animal models.
- The term “antibody” is used herein in a broad sense and includes intact immunoglobulin or antibody molecules, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (i.e., bispecific antibodies formed from at least two intact antibodies) and immunoglobulin fragments (such as Fab, F(ab′)2, or Fv), so long as they exhibit any of the desired antagonistic properties described herein. Antibodies are typically proteins or polypeptides which exhibit binding specificity to a specific antigen. Native antibodies are usually heterotetrameric glycoproteins, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. Typically, each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies between the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (VH) followed by a number of constant domains. Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (VL) and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light and heavy chain variable domains [Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol., 186:651-663 (1985); Novotny and Haber, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82:4592-4596 (1985)]. The light chains of antibodies from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa (κ) and lambda (λ), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains. Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG-1, IgG-2, IgG-3, and IgG-4; IgA-1 and IgA-2. The heavy chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called α, delta, epsilon, γ, and μ, respectively.
- “Antibody fragments” comprise a portion of an intact antibody, generally the antigen binding or variable region of the intact antibody. Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, and Fv fragments, diabodies, single chain antibody molecules, and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
- The term “variable” is used herein to describe certain portions of the variable domains which differ in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, the variability is not usually evenly distributed through the variable domains of antibodies. It is typically concentrated in three segments called complementarity determining regions (CDRs) or hypervariable regions both in the light chain and the heavy chain variable domains. The more highly conserved portions of the variable domains are called the framework (FR). The variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, largely adopting a β-sheet configuration, connected by three CDRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the β-sheet structure. The CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site of antibodies [see Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987)]. The constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity.
- The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. The monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include “chimeric” antibodies in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired antagonistic activity [U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 (1984)].
- The terms “cancer” and “cancerous” when used herein refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth. Examples of cancer include but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, sarcoma, blastoma and leukemia. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer (small cell and non-small cell), gastrointestinal cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, pancreatic cancer, cervical cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon carcinoma, and head and neck cancer. While the term “cancer” as used herein is not limited to any one specific form of the disease, it is believed that the methods of the invention will be particularly effective for cancers which are found to be accompanied by increased levels of HGF or overexpression or activation of HGF receptor in the mammal.
- The terms “treating,” “treatment,” and “therapy” as used herein refer to curative therapy, prophylactic therapy, and preventative therapy.
- The term “mammal” as used herein refers to any animal classified as a mammal, including humans, cows, horses, dogs and cats. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the mammal is a human.
- In one embodiment of the invention, HGF receptor antagonists are provided. Non-limiting examples of HGF receptor antagonists include antibodies, polypeptides, glycoproteins, glycopeptides, glycolipids, polysaccharides, oligosaccharides, nucleic acids, bioorganic molecules, peptidomimetics, pharmacological agents and their metabolites, transcriptional and translation control sequences, and the like.
- A. Antibody Compositions
- In one embodiment of invention, the HGF receptor antagonists of the invention comprise HGF receptor antibodies. For instance, the antagonist antibodies may be polyclonal antibodies. Methods of preparing polyclonal antibodies are known to the skilled artisan. Polyclonal antibodies can be raised in a mammal, for example, by one or more injections of an immunizing agent and, if desired, an adjuvant. Typically, the immunizing agent and/or adjuvant will be injected in the mammal by multiple subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injections. Preferably, the immunizing agent includes the c-Met polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof. It may be useful to conjugate the immunizing agent to a protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized. Examples of such immunogenic proteins which may be employed include but are not limited to keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, and soybean trypsin inhibitor. An aggregating agent such as alum may also be employed to enhance the mammal's immune response. Examples of adjuvants which may be employed include Freund's complete adjuvant and MPL-TDM adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A, synthetic trehalose dicorynomycolate). The immunization protocol may be selected by one skilled in the art without undue experimentation. The mammal can then be bled, and the serum assayed for HGF receptor antibody titer. If desired, the mammal can be boosted until the antibody titer increases or plateaus.
- The antagonist antibodies of the invention may, alternatively, be monoclonal antibodies. Antagonist monoclonal antibodies of the invention may be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256:495 (1975). In a hybridoma method, a mouse or other appropriate host animal, is typically immunized (such as described above) with an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent. Alternatively, the lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro.
- Preferably, the immunizing agent includes the c-Met polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof. The immunizing agent may alternatively comprise a fragment or portion of HGF or a HGF receptor having one or more amino acid residues that participate in the binding of HGF to its receptor. In a more preferred embodiment, the immunizing agent comprises an extracellular domain of c-Met fused to an IgG sequence, such as described in Example 1.
- Generally, either peripheral blood lymphocytes (“PBLs”) are used if cells of human origin are desired, or spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired. The lymphocytes are then fused with an immortalized cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell [Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, Academic Press, (1986) pp. 59-103]. Immortalized cell lines are usually transformed mammalian cells, particularly myeloma cells of rodent, bovine and human origin. Usually, rat or mouse myeloma cell lines are employed. The hybridoma cells may be cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells. For example, if the parental cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT or HPRT), the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine (“HAT medium”), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.
- Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level expression of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium. More preferred immortalized cell lines are murine myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for instance, from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif. and the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md. An example of such a murine myeloma cell line is P3X63AgU.1, described in Example 1 below. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies [Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001-3005 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, (1987) pp. 51-63].
- The culture medium in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can then be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against a HGF receptor. Preferably, the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by the hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA). Such techniques and assays are known in the art, and are described further in the Examples below. The binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson and Pollard, Anal. Biochem., 107:220-239 (1980).
- After the desired hybridoma cells are identified, the clones may be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods [Goding, supra]. Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium and RPMI-1640 medium. Alternatively, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal.
- The monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones may be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
- The monoclonal antibodies may also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567. DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies). The hybridoma cells of the invention serve as a preferred source of such DNA. Once isolated, the DNA may be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, E. coli, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells. The DNA also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences [U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., supra] or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide. Such a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide can be substituted for the constant domains of an antibody of the invention, or can be substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody of the invention to create a chimeric bivalent antibody comprising one antigen-combining site having specificity for a HGF receptor and another antigen-combining site having specificity for a different antigen, such as HER2 or CD3.
- It is believed, however, that monovalent antibodies capable of binding to a HGF receptor will be especially useful as HGF receptor antagonists. While not being bound to any particular theory, it is presently believed that activation of c-Met may proceed by a mechanism wherein huHGF binding to c-Met induces aggregation or dimerization of the receptors which in turn activates intracellular receptor kinase activity. Because monovalent antibodies will likely be unable to induce such aggregation or dimerization, the monovalent antibodies should not activate c-Met. Such monovalent antibodies may be directed against the HGF binding site of the receptor or may otherwise be capable of interfering with HGF, its fragments or its variants binding to the HGF receptor, such as by sterically hindering HGF, its fragments or its variants access to the receptor. Alternatively, the monovalent antibodies may be capable of sterically preventing HGF receptor dimerization.
- Methods for preparing monovalent antibodies are well known in the art. For example, one method involves recombinant expression of immunoglobulin light chain and modified heavy chain. The heavy chain is truncated generally at any point so as to prevent heavy chain crosslinking. Alternatively, the relevant cysteine residues may be substituted with another amino acid residue or are deleted so as to prevent crosslinking. Recombinant expression of Fab light chain and heavy chain is described in further detail below.
- In vitro methods are also suitable for preparing monovalent antibodies. Digestion of antibodies to produce fragments thereof, particularly, Fab fragments, can be accomplished using routine techniques known in the art. For instance, digestion can be performed using papain. Examples of papain digestion are described in WO 94/29348 published Dec. 22, 1994 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,342,566. Papain digestion is also described in Examples 6 and 7 below. Papain digestion of antibodies typically produces two identical antigen binding fragments, called Fab fragments, each with a single antigen binding site, and a residual Fc fragment. Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab′)2 fragment that has two antigen combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.
- The Fab fragments produced in the antibody digestion also contain the constant domains of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH1) of the heavy chain. Fab′ fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region. Fab′-SH is the designation herein for Fab′ in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group. F(ab′)2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab′ fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
- In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the antagonists comprise Fab fragments of monoclonal antibodies specific for c-Met. In a more preferred embodiment, the monoclonal antibody Fab fragments have the same biological characteristics as the monoclonal antibody Fab fragments produced by digesting either of the monoclonal antibodies secreted by the hybridoma cell lines deposited under American Type Culture Collection Accession Nos. ATCC HB-11894 or ATCC HB-11895. The term “biological characteristics” is used to refer to the in vitro and/or in vivo activities of the monoclonal antibody, e.g., ability to substantially reduce or inhibit binding of huHGF to c-Met or to substantially reduce or inhibit c-Met activation. Accordingly, the monovalent antibody preferably binds to substantially the same epitope as the 1A3.3.13 antibody or the 5D5.11.6 antibody disclosed herein. This can be determined by conducting assays described herein and in the Examples. For instance, to determine whether a monoclonal antibody has the same specificity as the 1A3.3.13 antibody specifically disclosed (i.e., the antibody having the ATCC deposit No. HB-11894) or the 5D5.11.6 antibody specifically disclosed (i.e., the antibody having the ATCC deposit No. HB-11895), one can use a competitive ELISA binding assay such as those described in the Examples. In an even more preferred embodiment, the monoclonal antibody Fab fragments are heparin-independent antagonists, as defined herein. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the monoclonal antibody or fragment thereof will inhibit the binding of HGF, its fragments or its variants, or the mitogenic activity of HGF, its fragments, or its variants at least about 50%, preferably, greater than about 80%, and more preferably, greater than about 90%, as determined by an in vitro competitive binding assay or proliferation assay, such as described in the Examples below.
- In addition to the antagonist antibodies described above, it is contemplated that chimeric or hybrid antagonist antibodies may be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents. For example, immunotoxins may be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond. Examples of suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate.
- The antagonist antibodies of the invention may also comprise diabodies. The term “diabodies” refers to small antibody fragments with two antigen binding sites, which fragments comprise a heavy chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light chain variable domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (VH-VL). By using a linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain, the domains are forced to pair with the complementary domains of another chain and create two antigen binding sites. Diabodies are described in further detail, for example, in EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 90:6444-6448 (1993).
- The antagonist antibodies of the invention may further comprise humanized antibodies or human antibodies. Humanized forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity and capacity. In some instances, Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Humanized antibodies may also comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin [Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Reichmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., 2:593-596 (1992)].
- Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are well known in the art. Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers [Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988)], by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such “humanized” antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
- The choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is important in order to reduce antigenicity. According to the “best-fit” method, the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable domain sequences. The human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for the humanized antibody [Sims et al., J. Immunol., 151:2296 (1993); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol., 196:901 (1987)]. Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains. The same framework may be used for several different humanized antibodies [Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol., 151:2623-2632 (1993)].
- It is further important that antibodies be humanized with retention of high affinity for the antigen and other favorable biological properties. To achieve this goal, according to a preferred method, humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences. Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art. Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen. In this way, FR residues can be selected and combined from the consensus and import sequence so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved. In general, the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding [see, WO 94/04679 published 3 Mar. 1994].
- Transgenic animals (e.g., mice) that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production can be employed. For example, it has been described that the homozygous deletion of the antibody heavy chain joining region (JH) gene in chimeric and germ-line mutant mice results in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production. Transfer of the human germ-line immunoglobulin gene array in such germ-line mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge [see, e.g., Jakobovits et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:2551-255 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nature, 362:255-258 (1993); Bruggermann et al., Year in Immuno., 7:33 (1993)]. Human antibodies can also be produced in phage display libraries [Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581 (1991)]. The techniques of Cote et al. and Boerner et al. are also available for the preparation of human monoclonal antibodies (Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985) and Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147(1):86-95 (1991)].
- B. Polypeptides and Nucleic Acid Compositions
- The present invention also provides HGF receptor antagonists comprising one or more isolated polypeptides. In one embodiment, the antagonist comprises
residues 1 to 220 of the amino acid sequence shown inFIG. 1A (SEQ ID NO:1) andresidues 1 to 230 of the amino acid sequence shown inFIG. 1B (SEQ ID NO:2). Preferably, the antagonist comprises two isolated polypeptides which correspond to the light chain and heavy chain, respectively, of an anti-HGF receptor monoclonal antibody Fab. - 1. Preparation of HGF Receptor Antagonist
- The description below relates primarily to production of the HGF receptor antagonist by culturing cells transformed or transfected with a vector containing the antagonist nucleic acid and recovering the polypeptide(s) from the cell culture. It is of course, contemplated that alternative methods, which are well known in the art, may be employed to prepare the HGF receptor antagonist polypeptide.
- 1. Isolation of DNA Encoding HGF Receptor Antagonist
- The DNA encoding the HGF receptor antagonist may be obtained from any cDNA library prepared from tissue believed to possess the antagonist mRNA and to express it at a detectable level. Accordingly, human c-Met antagonist DNA can be conveniently obtained from a cDNA library prepared from human tissues. The c-Met antagonist-encoding gene may also be obtained from a genomic library or by oligonucleotide synthesis.
- Libraries can be screened with probes (such as antibodies to the c-Met receptor antagonist or oligonucleotides of at least about 20-80 bases) designed to identify the gene of interest or the protein encoded by it. Screening the cDNA or genomic library with the selected probe may be conducted using standard procedures, such as described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989). An alternative means to isolate the gene encoding the receptor antagonist is to use PCR methodology [Sambrook et al., supra; Dieffenbach et al., PCR Primer:A Laboratory Manual (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1995)].
- One method of screening employs selected oligonucleotide sequences to screen cDNA libraries from various human tissues. The oligonucleotide sequences selected as probes should be of sufficient length and sufficiently unambiguous that false positives are minimized. The oligonucleotide is preferably labeled such that it can be detected upon hybridization to DNA in the library being screened. Methods of labeling are well known in the art, and include the use of radiolabels like 32P-labeled ATP, biotinylation or enzyme labeling.
- Nucleic acid having all the protein coding sequence may be obtained by screening selected cDNA or genomic libraries using the amino acid sequence disclosed herein, and, if necessary, using conventional primer extension procedures as described in Sambrook et al., supra, to detect precursors and processing intermediates of mRNA that may not have been reverse-transcribed into cDNA.
- Amino acid sequence variants of the antagonist polypeptide can be prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into its DNA, or by synthesis of the desired antagonist polypeptide. Such variants represent insertions, substitutions, and/or deletions of residues within or at one or both of the ends of the amino acid sequences shown in
FIGS. 1A and 1B for the 5D5 Fab. Any combination of insertion, substitution, and/or deletion can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired antagonistic activity as defined herein. In a preferred embodiment, the variants have at least about 80% sequence identity, more preferably, at least about 90% sequence identity, and even more preferably, at least about 95% sequence identity with the sequences identified herein for the 5D5 Fab. - Variations in the native sequence as described above can be made using any of the techniques and guidelines for conservative and non-conservative mutations set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,934. These include oligonucleotide-mediated (site-directed) mutagenesis, alanine scanning, and PCR mutagenesis.
- 2. Insertion of Nucleic Acid into a Replicable Vector
- The nucleic acid (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) encoding the receptor antagonist may be inserted into a replicable vector for further cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression. Various vectors are publicly available. The vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence, each of which is described below.
- The HGF receptor antagonist may be produced recombinantly not only directly, but also as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide. In general, the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the antagonist DNA that is inserted into the vector. The heterologous signal sequence selected preferably is one that is recognized and processed (i.e., cleaved by a signal peptidase) by the host cell. The signal sequence may be a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders. For yeast secretion the signal sequence may be, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, alpha factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces α-factor leaders, the latter described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,010,182), or acid phosphatase leader, the C. albicans glucoamylase leader (EP 362,179 published 4 Apr. 1990), or the signal described in WO 90/13646 published 15 Nov. 1990. In mammalian cell expression, mammalian signal sequences may be used to direct secretion of the protein, such as signal sequences from secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, as well as viral secretory leaders, for example, the herpes simplex glycoprotein D signal.
- The DNA for such precursor region is preferably ligated in reading frame to DNA encoding the antagonist.
- Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells. Generally, in cloning vectors this sequence is one that enables the vector to replicate independently of the host chromosomal DNA, and includes origins of replication or autonomously replicating sequences. Such sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses. The origin of replication from the plasmid pBR322 is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2μ plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells. Generally, the origin of replication component is not needed for mammalian expression vectors (the SV40 origin may typically be used because it contains the early promoter).
- Most expression vectors are “shuttle” vectors, i.e., they are capable of replication in at least one class of organisms but can be transfected into another organism for expression. For example, a vector is cloned in E. coli and then the same vector is transfected into yeast or mammalian cells for expression even though it is not capable of replicating independently of the host cell chromosome.
- DNA may also be amplified by insertion into the host genome. This is readily accomplished using Bacillus species as hosts, for example, by including in the vector a DNA sequence that is complementary to a sequence found in Bacillus genomic DNA. Transfection of Bacillus with this vector results in homologous recombination with the genome and insertion of the receptor antagonist DNA. However, the recovery of genomic DNA encoding the antagonist is more complex than that of an exogenously replicated vector because restriction enzyme digestion is required to excise the antagonist DNA.
- Expression and cloning vectors typically contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. This gene encodes a protein necessary for the survival or growth of transformed host cells grown in a selective culture medium. Host cells not transformed with the vector containing the selection gene will not survive in the culture medium. Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
- One example of a selection scheme utilizes a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells that are successfully transformed with a heterologous gene produce a protein conferring drug resistance and thus survive the selection regimen. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin [Southern et al., J. Molec. Appl. Genet., 1:327 (1982)], mycophenolic acid (Mulligan et al., Science, 209:1422 (1980)] or hygromycin [Sugden et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 5:410-413 (1985)]. The three examples given above employ bacterial genes under eukaryotic control to convey resistance to the appropriate drug G418 or neomycin (geneticin), xgpt (mycophenolic acid), or hygromycin, respectively.
- Another example of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the antagonist nucleic acid, such as DHFR or thymidine kinase. The mammalian cell transformants are placed under selection pressure that only the transformants are uniquely adapted to survive by virtue of having taken up the marker. Selection pressure is imposed by culturing the transformants under conditions in which the concentration of selection agent in the medium is successively changed, thereby leading to amplification of both the selection gene and the DNA that encodes the receptor antagonist. Amplification is the process by which genes in greater demand for the production of a protein critical for growth are reiterated in tandem within the chromosomes of successive generations of recombinant cells. Other examples of amplifiable genes include metallothionein-I and -II, adenosine deaminase, and ornithine decarboxylase.
- Cells transformed with the DHFR selection gene may first be identified by culturing all of the transformants in a culture medium that contains methotrexate (Mtx), a competitive antagonist of DHFR. An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell line deficient in DHFR activity, prepared and propagated as described by Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4216 (1980). The transformed cells are then exposed to increased levels of methotrexate. This leads to the synthesis of multiple copies of the DHFR gene, and, concomitantly, multiple copies of other DNA comprising the expression vectors, such as the DNA encoding the receptor antagonist. This amplification technique can be used with any otherwise suitable host, e.g., ATCC No. CCL61 CHO-K1, notwithstanding the presence of endogenous DHFR if, for example, a mutant DHFR gene that is highly resistant to Mtx is employed (EP 117,060).
- Alternatively, host cells (particularly wild-type hosts that contain endogenous DHFR) transformed or co-transformed with DNA sequences encoding HGF receptor antagonist, wild-type DHFR protein, and another selectable marker such as
aminoglycoside 3′-phosphotransferase (APH) can be selected by cell growth in medium containing a selection agent for the selectable marker such as an aminoglycosidic antibiotic, e.g., kanamycin, neomycin, or G418. See U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,199. - A suitable selection gene for use in yeast is the trp1 gene present in the yeast plasmid YRp7 [Stinchcomb et al., Nature, 282:39 (1979); Kingsman et al., Gene, 7:141 (1979); Tschemper et al., Gene, 10:157 (1980)]. The trp1 gene provides a selection marker for a mutant strain of yeast lacking the ability to grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1 [Jones, Genetics, 85:12 (1977)]. The presence of the trp1 lesion in the yeast host cell genome then provides an effective environment for detecting transformation by growth in the absence of tryptophan. Similarly, Leu2-deficient yeast strains (ATCC 20,622 or 38,626) are complemented by known plasmids bearing the Leu2 gene.
- In addition, vectors derived from the 1.6 μm circular plasmid pKD1 can be used for transformation of Kluyveromyces yeasts [Bianchi et al., Curr. Genet., 12:185 (1987)]. More recently, an expression system for large-scale production of recombinant calf chymosin was reported for K. lactis [Van den Berg, Bio/Technology, 8:135 (1990)]. Stable multi-copy expression vectors for secretion of mature recombinant human serum albumin by industrial strains of Kluyveromyces have also been disclosed [Fleer et al., Bio/Technology, 9:968-975 (1991)].
- Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and is operably linked to the receptor antagonist nucleic acid sequence. Promoters are untranslated sequences located upstream (5′) to the start codon of a structural gene (generally within about 100 to 1000 bp) that control the transcription and translation of particular nucleic acid sequence to which they are operably linked. Such promoters typically fall into two classes, inducible and constitutive. Inducible promoters are promoters that initiate increased levels of transcription from DNA under their control in response to some change in culture conditions, e.g., the presence or absence of a nutrient or a change in temperature. At this time a large number of promoters recognized by a variety of potential host cells are well known. These promoters are operably linked to receptor antagonist encoding DNA by removing the promoter from the source DNA by restriction enzyme digestion and inserting the isolated promoter sequence into the vector. Various heterologous promoters may be used to direct amplification and/or expression of the receptor antagonist DNA.
- Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the β-lactamase and lactose promoter systems [Chang et al., Nature, 275:615 (1978); Goeddel et al., Nature, 281:544 (1979)], alkaline phosphatase, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system [Goeddel, Nucleic Acids Res., 8:4057 (1980); EP 36,776], and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter [deBoer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 80:21-25 (1983)]. However, other known bacterial promoters are suitable. Their nucleotide sequences have been published, thereby enabling a skilled worker operably to ligate them to DNA encoding receptor antagonist [Siebenlist et al., Cell, 20:269 (1980)] using linkers or adaptors to supply any required restriction sites. Promoters for use in bacterial systems also will contain a Shine-Dalgarno (S.D.) sequence operably linked to the DNA encoding HGF receptor antagonist.
- Promoter sequences are known for eukaryotes. Virtually all eukaryotic genes have an AT-rich region located approximately 25 to 30 bases upstream from the site where transcription is initiated. At the 3′ end of most eukaryotic genes is an AATAAA sequence that may be the signal for addition of the poly A tail to the 3′ end of the coding sequence. All of these sequences are suitably inserted into eukaryotic expression vectors.
- Examples of suitable promoting sequences for use with yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase [Hitzeman et al., J. Biol. Chem., 255:2073 (1980)] or other glycolytic enzymes [Hess et al., J. Adv. Enzyme Req., 7:149 (1968); Holland, Biochemistry, 17:4900 (1978)], such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isomerase, and glucokinase.
- Other yeast promoters, which are inducible promoters having the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, are the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization. Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657. Yeast enhancers also are advantageously used with yeast promoters.
- HGF receptor antagonist transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled, for example, by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 Jul. 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably Simian Virus 40 (SV40), or from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, from heat-shock promoters, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.
- The early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an SV40 restriction fragment that also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication [Fiers et al., Nature, 273:113 (1978); Mulligan and Berg, Science, 209:1422-1427 (1980); Pavlakis et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 78:7398-7402 (1981)]. The immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a HindIII E restriction fragment [Greenaway et al., Gene, 18:355-360 (1982)]. A system for expressing DNA in mammalian hosts using the bovine papilloma virus as a vector is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,419,446. A modification of this system is described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,601,978 [See also Gray et al., Nature, 295:503-508 (1982) on expressing cDNA encoding immune interferon in monkey cells; Reyes et al., Nature, 297:598-601 (1982) on expression of human β-interferon cDNA in mouse cells under the control of a thymidine kinase promoter from herpes simplex virus; Canaani and Berg, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 79:5166-5170 (1982) on expression of the human interferon β1 gene in cultured mouse and rabbit cells; and Gorman et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 79:6777-6781 (1982) on expression of bacterial CAT sequences in CV-1 monkey kidney cells, chicken embryo fibroblasts, Chinese hamster ovary cells, HeLa cells, and mouse NIH-3T3 cells using the Rous sarcoma virus long terminal repeat as a promoter].
- Transcription of a DNA encoding the HGF receptor antagonist of this invention by higher eukaryotes may be increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 bp, that act on a promoter to increase its transcription. Enhancers are relatively orientation and position independent, having been found 5′ [Laimins et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 78:993 (1981]) and 3′ [Lusky et al., Mol. Cell. Bio., 3:1108 (1983]) to the transcription unit, within an intron [Banerji et al., Cell, 33:729 (1983)], as well as within the coding sequence itself [Osborne et al., Mol. Cell. Bio., 4:1293 (1984)]. Many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, α-fetoprotein, and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers. See also Yaniv, Nature, 297:17-18 (1982) on enhancing elements for activation of eukaryotic promoters. The enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5′ or 3′ to the HGF receptor antagonist-encoding sequence, but is preferably located at a site 5′ from the promoter.
- Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells (yeast, fungi, insect, plant, animal, human, or nucleated cells from other multicellular organisms) will also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 5′ and, occasionally 3′, untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral DNAs or cDNAs. These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding HGF receptor antagonist.
- Construction of suitable vectors containing one or more of the above-listed components employs standard ligation techniques. Isolated plasmids or DNA fragments are cleaved, tailored, and re-ligated in the form desired to generate the plasmids required.
- For analysis to confirm correct sequences in plasmids constructed, the ligation mixtures can be used to transform E. coli K12 strain 294 (ATCC 31,446) and successful transformants selected by ampicillin or tetracycline resistance where appropriate. Plasmids from the transformants are prepared, analyzed by restriction endonuclease digestion, and/or sequenced by the method of Messing et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 9:309 (1981) or by the method of Maxam et al., Methods in Enzymology, 65:499 (1980).
- Expression vectors that provide for the transient expression in mammalian cells of DNA encoding HGF receptor antagonist may be employed. In general, transient expression involves the use of an expression vector that is able to replicate efficiently in a host cell, such that the host cell accumulates many copies of the expression vector and, in turn, synthesizes high levels of a desired polypeptide encoded by the expression vector [Sambrook et al., supra]. Transient expression systems, comprising a suitable expression vector and a host cell, allow for the convenient positive identification of polypeptides encoded by cloned DNAs, as well as for the rapid screening of such polypeptides for desired biological or physiological properties. Thus, transient expression systems are particularly useful in the invention for purposes of identifying analogs and variants of the receptor antagonists.
- Other methods, vectors, and host cells suitable for adaptation to the synthesis of HGF receptor antagonist in recombinant vertebrate cell culture are described in Gething et al., Nature, 293:620-625 (1981); Mantei et al., Nature, 281:40-46 (1979); EP 117,060; and EP 117,058.
- 3. Selection and Transformation of Host Cells
- Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein are the prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells described above. Suitable prokaryotes for this purpose include but are not limited to eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia, e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella, e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia, e.g., Serratia marcescans, and Shigella, as well as Bacilli such as B. subtilis and B. licheniformis (e.g., B. licheniformis 41P disclosed in DD 266,710 published 12 Apr. 1989), Pseudomonas such as P. aeruginosa, and Streptomyces. Preferably, the host cell should secrete minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes.
- In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for HGF receptor antagonist-encoding vectors. Saccharomyces cerevisiae, or common baker's yeast, is the most commonly used among lower eukaryotic host microorganisms. However, a number of other genera, species, and strains are commonly available and useful herein.
- Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated HGF receptor antagonist are derived from multicellular organisms. Such host cells are capable of complex processing and glycosylation activities. In principle, any higher eukaryotic cell culture is workable, whether from vertebrate or invertebrate culture. Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains and variants and corresponding permissive insect host cells from hosts such as Spodoptera frugiperda (caterpillar), Aedes aegypti (mosquito), Aedes albopictus (mosquito), Drosophila melanogaster (fruitfly), and Bombyx mori have been identified [See, e.g., Luckow et al., Bio/Technology, 6:47-55 (1988); Miller et al., in Genetic Engineering, Setlow et al., eds., Vol. 8 (Plenum Publishing, 1986), pp. 277-279; and Maeda et al., Nature, 315:592-594 (1985)]. A variety of viral strains for transfection are publicly available, e.g., the L-1 variant of Autographa californica NPV and the Bm-5 strain of Bombyx mori NPV.
- Plant cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia, tomato, and tobacco can be utilized as hosts. Typically, plant cells are transfected by incubation with certain strains of the bacterium Agrobacterium tumefaciens, which has been previously manipulated to contain the receptor antagonist-encoding DNA. During incubation of the plant cell culture with A. tumefaciens, the DNA encoding the receptor antagonist is transferred to the plant cell host such that it is transfected, and will, under appropriate conditions, express the receptor antagonist-encoding DNA. In addition, regulatory and signal sequences compatible with plant cells are available, such as the nopaline synthase promoter and polyadenylation signal sequences [Depicker et al., J. Mol. Appl. Gen., 1:561 (1982)]. In addition, DNA segments isolated from the upstream region of the T-DNA 780 gene are capable of activating or increasing transcription levels of plant-expressible genes in recombinant DNA-containing plant tissue [EP 321,196 published 21 Jun. 1989].
- Propagation of vertebrate cells in culture (tissue culture) is also well known in the art [See, e.g., Tissue Culture, Academic Press, Kruse and Patterson, editors (1973)]. Examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al., J. Gen Virol., 36:59 (1977)); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); Chinese hamster ovary cells/−DHFR (CHO, Urlaub and Chasin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4216 (1980)); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod., 23:243-251 (1980)); monkey kidney cells (CV1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TRI cells (Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci., 383:44-68 (1982)); MRC 5 cells; and FS4 cells.
- Host cells are transfected and preferably transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors for HGF receptor antagonist production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.
- Transfection refers to the taking up of an expression vector by a host cell whether or not any coding sequences are in fact expressed. Numerous methods of transfection are known to the ordinarily skilled artisan, for example, CaPO4 and electroporation. Successful transfection is generally recognized when any indication of the operation of this vector occurs within the host cell.
- Transformation means introducing DNA into an organism so that the DNA is replicable, either as an extrachromosomal element or by chromosomal integrant. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is done using standard techniques appropriate to such cells. The calcium treatment employing calcium chloride, as described in Sambrook et al., supra, or electroporation is generally used for prokaryotes or other cells that contain substantial cell-wall barriers. Infection with Agrobacterium tumefaciens is used for transformation of certain plant cells, as described by Shaw et al., Gene, 23:315 (1983) and WO 89/05859 published 29 Jun. 1989. In addition, plants may be transfected using ultrasound treatment as described in WO 91/00358 published 10 Jan. 1991.
- For mammalian cells without such cell walls, the calcium phosphate precipitation method of Graham and van der Eb, Virology, 52:456-457 (1978) is preferred. General aspects of mammalian cell host system transformations have been described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,399,216. Transformations into yeast are typically carried out according to the method of Van Solingen et al., J. Bact., 130:946 (1977) and Hsiao et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA), 76:3829 (1979). However, other methods for introducing DNA into cells, such as by nuclear microinjection, electroporation, bacterial protoplast fusion with intact cells, or polycations, e.g., polybrene, polyornithine, may also be used. For various techniques for transforming mammalian cells, see Keown et al., Methods in Enzymology, 185:527-537 (1990) and Mansour et al., Nature, 336:348-352 (1988).
- 4. Culturing the Host Cells
- Prokaryotic cells used to produce HGF receptor antagonist may be cultured in suitable media as described generally in Sambrook et al., supra.
- The mammalian host cells used to produce HGF receptor antagonist may be cultured in a variety of media. Examples of commercially available media include Ham's F10 (Sigma), Minimal Essential Medium (“MEM”, Sigma), RPMI-1640 (Sigma), and Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium (“DMEM”, Sigma). Any such media may be supplemented as necessary with hormones and/or other growth factors (such as insulin, transferrin, or epidermal growth factor), salts (such as sodium chloride, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate), buffers (such as HEPES), nucleosides (such as adenosine and thymidine), antibiotics (such as Gentamycin™ drug), trace elements (defined as inorganic compounds usually present at final concentrations in the micromolar range), and glucose or an equivalent energy source. Any other necessary supplements may also be included at appropriate concentrations that would be known to those skilled in the art. The culture conditions, such as temperature, pH, and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan.
- In general, principles, protocols, and practical techniques for maximizing the productivity of mammalian cell cultures can be found in Mammalian Cell Biotechnology: a Practical Approach, M. Butler, ed. (IRL Press, 1991).
- The host cells referred to in this disclosure encompass cells in culture as well as cells that are within a host animal.
- 5. Detecting Gene Amplification/Expression
- Gene amplification and/or expression may be measured in a sample directly, for example, by conventional Southern blotting, Northern blotting to quantitate the transcription of mRNA [Thomas, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:5201-5205 (1980)], dot blotting (DNA analysis), or in situ hybridization, using an appropriately labeled probe, based on the sequences provided herein. Various labels may be employed, most commonly radioisotopes, and particularly 32P. However, other techniques may also be employed, such as using biotin-modified nucleotides for introduction into a polynucleotide. The biotin then serves as the site for binding to avidin or antibodies, which may be labeled with a wide variety of labels, such as radionucleotides, fluorescers or enzymes. Alternatively, antibodies may be employed that can recognize specific duplexes, including DNA duplexes, RNA duplexes, and DNA-RNA hybrid duplexes or DNA-protein duplexes. The antibodies in turn may be labeled and the assay may be carried out where the duplex is bound to a surface, so that upon the formation of duplex on the surface, the presence of antibody bound to the duplex can be detected.
- Gene expression, alternatively, may be measured by immunological methods, such as immunohistochemical staining of cells or tissue sections and assay of cell culture or body fluids, to quantitate directly the expression of gene product. With immunohistochemical staining techniques, a cell sample is prepared, typically by dehydration and fixation, followed by reaction with labeled antibodies specific for the gene product coupled, where the labels are usually visually detectable, such as enzymatic labels, fluorescent labels, or luminescent labels. Antibodies useful for immunohistochemical staining and/or assay of sample fluids may be either monoclonal or polyclonal, and may be prepared in any mammal.
- 6. Purification of HGF Receptor Antagonist Polypeptide
- HGF receptor antagonist preferably is recovered from the culture medium as a secreted polypeptide, although it also may be recovered from host cell lysates when directly produced without a secretory signal. If the receptor antagonist is membrane-bound, it can be released from the membrane using a suitable detergent solution (e.g. Triton-X 100) or its extracellular region may be released by enzymatic cleavage.
- When the antagonist is produced in a recombinant cell other than one of human origin, the antagonist polypeptide is free of proteins or polypeptides of human origin. However, it may be desired to purify the receptor antagonist from recombinant cell proteins or polypeptides to obtain preparations that are substantially homogeneous as to the receptor antagonist. As a first step, the culture medium or lysate may be centrifuged to remove particulate cell debris. HGF receptor antagonist thereafter is purified from contaminant soluble proteins and polypeptides, with the following procedures being exemplary of suitable purification procedures: by fractionation on an ion-exchange column; ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatography on silica or on a cation-exchange resin such as DEAE; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; ammonium sulfate precipitation; gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-75; and protein A Sepharose columns to remove contaminants such as IgG.
- A protease inhibitor such as phenyl methyl sulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) also may be useful to inhibit proteolytic degradation during purification, and antibiotics may be included to prevent the growth of adventitious contaminants.
- 7. Covalent Modifications
- Covalent modifications of HGF receptor antagonists are included within the scope of this invention. One type of covalent modification of the HGF receptor antagonist is introduced into the molecule by reacting targeted amino acid residues of the antagonist with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N- or C-terminal residues of the antagonist.
- Derivatization with bifunctional agents is useful for crosslinking the antagonist to a water-insoluble support matrix or surface for use in a method for purifying. Commonly used crosslinking agents include, e.g., 1,1-bis(diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane, glutaraldehyde, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid, homobifunctional imidoesters, including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3′-dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate), and bifunctional maleimides such as bis-N-maleimido-1,8-octane. Derivatizing agents such as methyl-3-[(p-azidophenyl)dithio]propioimidate yield photoactivatable intermediates that are capable of forming crosslinks in the presence of light. Alternatively, reactive water-insoluble matrices such as cyanogen bromide-activated carbohydrates and the reactive substrates described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,969,287; 3,691,016; 4,195,128; 4,247,642; 4,229,537; and 4,330,440 are employed for protein immobilization.
- Other modifications include deamidation of glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively, hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the α-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains [T. E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, pp. 79-86 (1983)], acetylation of the N-terminal amine, and amidation of any C-terminal carboxyl group. The modified forms of the residues fall within the scope of the present invention.
- Another type of covalent modification of the receptor antagonist polypeptide included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the native glycosylation pattern of the polypeptide. “Altering the native glycosylation pattern” is intended for purposes herein to mean deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the native polypeptide.
- Glycosylation of polypeptides is typically either N-linked or O-linked. N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. The tripeptide sequences asparagine-Z-serine and asparagine-Z-threonine, where Z is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain. Thus, the presence of either of these tripeptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site. O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-aceylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxylamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
- Addition of glycosylation sites to the polypeptide may be accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the native sequence (for O-linked glycosylation sites). The amino acid sequence may optionally be altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids. The DNA mutation(s) may be made using methods described above and in U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,934, supra.
- Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the polypeptide is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the polypeptide. Depending on the coupling mode used, the sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine. These methods are described in WO 87/05330 published 11 Sep. 1987, and in Aplin and Wriston, CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem., pp. 259-306 (1981).
- Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the polypeptide may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically or by mutational substitution of codons encoding for amino acid residues that serve as targets for glycosylation. For instance, chemical deglycosylation by exposing the polypeptide to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound can result in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the polypeptide intact. Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin, et al., Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 259:52 (1987) and by Edge et al., Anal. Biochem., 118:131 (1981). Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al., Meth. Enzymol., 138:350 (1987).
- Glycosylation at potential glycosylation sites may be prevented by the use of the compound tunicamycin as described by Duskin et al., J. Biol. Chem., 257:3105 (1982). Tunicamycin blocks the formation of protein-N-glycoside linkages.
- Another type of covalent modification comprises linking the HGF receptor antagonist to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol (“PEG”), polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337. WO 93/00109 also describes methods of linking amino acid residues in polypeptides to PEG molecules.
- 8. HGF Receptor Antagonist Chimeras
- The present invention also provides chimeric molecules comprising HGF receptor antagonist fused to another, heterologous polypeptide.
- In one embodiment, the chimeric molecule comprises a fusion of the antagonist with a tag polypeptide which provides an epitope to which an anti-tag antibody can selectively bind. The epitope tag is generally placed at the amino- or carboxyl-terminus of the antagonist. The presence of such epitope-tagged forms of the antagonist can be detected using an antibody against the tag polypeptide. Also, provision of the epitope tag enables the antagonist to be readily purified by affinity purification using an anti-tag antibody or another type of affinity matrix that binds to the epitope tag.
- Various tag polypeptides and their respective antibodies are well known in the art. Examples include the flu HA tag polypeptide and its antibody 12CA5 [Field et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:2159-2165 (1988)]; the c-myc tag and the 8F9, 3C7, 6E10, G4, B7 and 9E10 antibodies thereto [Evan et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology, 5:3610-3616 (1985)]; and the Herpes Simplex virus glycoprotein D (gD) tag and its antibody [Paborsky et al., Protein Engineering, 3(6):547-553 (1990)]. Other tag polypeptides include the Flag-peptide [Hopp et al., BioTechnology, 6:1204-1210 (1988)]; the KT3 epitope peptide [Martin et al., Science, 255:192-194 (1992)]; an α-tubulin epitope peptide [Skinner et al., J. Biol. Chem., 266:15163-15166 (1991)]; and the
T7 gene 10 protein peptide tag [Lutz-Freyermuth et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:6393-6397 (1990)]. Once the tag polypeptide has been selected, an antibody thereto can be generated using the techniques disclosed herein. - Generally, epitope-tagged antagonist may be constructed and produced according to the methods described above. HGF receptor antagonist-tag polypeptide fusions are preferably constructed by fusing the cDNA sequence encoding the HGF receptor antagonist portion in-frame to the tag polypeptide DNA sequence and expressing the resultant DNA fusion construct in appropriate host cells. Ordinarily, when preparing the HGF receptor antagonist-tag polypeptide chimeras of the present invention, nucleic acid encoding the antagonist will be fused at its 3′ end to nucleic acid encoding the N-terminus of the tag polypeptide, however 5′ fusions are also possible. For example, a polyhistidine sequence of about 5 to about 10 histidine residues may be fused at the N-terminus or the C-terminus and used as a purification handle in affinity chromatography.
- Epitope-tagged HGF receptor antagonist can be purified by affinity chromatography using the anti-tag antibody. The matrix to which the affinity antibody is attached may include, for instance, agarose, controlled pore glass or poly(styrenedivinyl)benzene. The epitope-tagged HGF receptor antagonist can then be eluted from the affinity column using techniques known in the art.
- In another embodiment of the invention, the HGF receptor antagonist may be fused to a salvage receptor binding epitope in order to increase its serum half-life. This may be achieved, for example, by incorporation of a salvage receptor binding epitope into a HGF receptor antagonist antibody fragment (e.g., by mutation of the appropriate region in the antibody fragment or by incorporating the epitope into a peptide tag that is then fused to the antibody fragment at either the end or in the middle, e.g., by DNA or peptide synthesis).
- A systematic method for preparing such a chimera having an increased in vivo half-life comprises several steps. The first involves identifying the sequence and conformation of a salvage receptor binding epitope of an Fc region of an IgG molecule. Once this epitope is identified, the sequence of the HGF receptor antagonist of interest is modified to include the sequence and conformation of the identified binding epitope. After the sequence is mutated, the chimera is tested to see if it has a longer in vivo half-life than that of the original antagonist. If the chimera does not have a longer half-life upon testing, its sequence is further altered to include the sequence and conformation of the identified binding epitope.
- The salvage receptor binding epitope being incorporated into the HGF receptor antagonist of interest is any suitable such epitope as defined above, and its nature will depend for example, on the type of antagonist being modified. The transfer is made such that the HGF receptor antagonist of interest still possesses antagonistic activity.
- The salvage receptor binding epitope generally constitutes a region wherein any one or more amino acid residues from one or two loops of a Fc domain and is preferably transferred to an analogous position in an HGF receptor antagonist antibody fragment. Preferably, three or more residues from one or two loops of the Fc domain are transferred, and more preferably, the epitope is taken from the CH2 domain of the Fc region of an IgG and transferred to the CH1, CH3, or VH region, or more than one such region, of the antagonist antibody. Alternatively, the epitope is taken from the CH2 domain of the Fc region and transferred to the CL region or the VL region, or both, of the antagonist antibody fragment.
- In another embodiment, the chimeric molecule comprises a HGF receptor antagonist fused to an immunoglobulin constant domain or another heterologous polypeptide such as albumin. This includes chimeras in monomeric, homo- or heteromultimeric form, and particularly heterodimeric form.
- In general, the chimeric molecules can be constructed in a fashion similar to chimeric antibodies in which a variable domain from an antibody of one species is substituted for the variable domain of another species. See, for example,
EP 0 125 023; EP 173,494; Munro, Nature, 312:597 (13 Dec. 1984); Neuberger et al., Nature, 312:604-608 (13 Dec. 1984); Sharon et al., Nature, 309:364-367 (24 May 1984); Morrison et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 (1984); Morrison et al., Science, 229:1202-1207 (1985); Boulianne et al., Nature, 312:643-646 (13 Dec. 1984); Capon et al., Nature, 337:525-531 (1989); Traunecker et al., Nature, 339:68-70 (1989). Preferably, the Ig is a human immunoglobulin when the chimera is intended for in vivo therapy for humans. DNA encoding immunoglobulin light or heavy chain constant regions is known or readily available from cDNA libraries or can be synthesized. See for example, Adams et al., Biochemistry, 19:2711-2719 (1980); Gough et al., Biochemistry, 19:2702-2710 (1980); Dolby et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:6027-6031 (1980); Rice et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 79:7862-7865 (1982); Falkner et al., Nature, 298:286-288 (1982); and Morrison et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol., 2:239-256 (1984). - Further details of how to prepare such fusions are found in publications concerning the preparation of immunoadhesins. Immunoadhesins in general, and CD4-Ig fusion molecules specifically, are disclosed in WO 89/02922, published 6 Apr. 1989. Molecules comprising the extracellular portion of CD4, the receptor for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), linked to IgG heavy chain constant region are known in the art and have been found to have a markedly longer half-life and lower clearance than the soluble extracellular portion of CD4 [Capon et al., supra; Byrn et al., Nature, 344:667 (1990)].
- In another embodiment, the chimera comprises a HGF receptor antagonist fused to albumin. Such chimeras may be constructed by inserting the entire coding region of albumin into a plasmid expression vector. The DNA encoding the antagonist can be inserted at the 5′ end of the albumin sequence, along with an insert encoding a linker consisting of four glycine residues [Lu et al., FEBS Letters, 356:56-59 (1994)]. The HGF receptor antagonist-albumin chimera can then be expressed in desired mammalian cells or yeast, for instance.
- C. Methods of Treatment and Diagnosis
- In another embodiment of the invention, methods for treating cancer are provided. In the methods, HGF receptor antagonist is administered to a mammal diagnosed as having cancer. While the term “cancer” as used herein is not limited to any one specific form of the disease, it is believed that the methods will be particularly effective for cancers which are found to be accompanied by increased levels of HGF, or overexpression or activation of HGF receptor in the mammal. In a preferred method of the invention, the cancer is breast cancer. It is of course contemplated that the methods of the invention can be employed in combination with still other therapeutic techniques such as surgery.
- The antagonist is preferably administered to the mammal in a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier. Suitable carriers and their formulations are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th ed., 1980, Mack Publishing Co., edited by Oslo et al. Typically, an appropriate amount of a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is used in the formulation to render the formulation isotonic. Examples of the pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier include saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. The pH of the solution is preferably from about 5 to about 8, and more preferably from about 7 to about 7.5. Further carriers include sustained release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antagonist, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, liposomes or microparticles. It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers may be more preferable depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of antagonist being administered.
- The antagonist can be administered to the mammal by injection (e.g., intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular), or by other methods such as infusion that ensure its delivery to the bloodstream in an effective form. The antagonist may also be administered by intratumoral, peritumoral, intralesional, or perilesional routes, to exert local as well as systemic therapeutic effects. Local or intravenous injection is preferred.
- Effective dosages and schedules for administering the antagonist may be determined empirically, and making such determinations is within the skill in the art. Those skilled in the art will understand that the dosage of antagonist that must be administered will vary depending on, for example, the mammal which will receive the antagonist, the route of administration, the particular type of antagonist used and other drugs being administered to the mammal. Guidance in selecting appropriate doses for antibody antagonists is found in the literature on therapeutic uses of antibodies, e.g., Handbook of Monoclonal Antibodies, Ferrone et al., eds., Noges Publications, Park Ridge, N.J., (1985) ch. 22 and pp. 303-357; Smith et al., Antibodies in Human Diagnosis and Therapy, Haber et al., eds., Raven Press, New York (1977) pp. 365-389. A typical daily dosage of the antagonist used alone might range from about 1 μg/kg to up to 100 mg/kg of body weight or more per day, depending on the factors mentioned above.
- The antagonist may also be administered to the mammal in combination with effective amounts of one or more other therapeutic agents or in conjunction with radiation treatment. Therapeutic agents contemplated include chemotherapeutics as well as immunoadjuvants and cytokines. Chemotherapies contemplated by the invention include chemical substances or drugs which are known in the art and are commercially available, such as Doxorubicin, 5-Fluorouracil, Cytosine arabinoside (“Ara-C”), Cyclophosphamide, Thiotepa, Busulfan, Cytoxin, Taxol, Methotrexate, Cisplatin, Melphalan, Vinblastine and Carboplatin. The antagonist may be administered sequentially or concurrently with the one or more other therapeutic agents. The amounts of antagonist and therapeutic agent depend, for example, on what type of drugs are used, the cancer being treated, and the scheduling and routes of administration but would generally be less than if each were used individually.
- Following administration of antagonist to the mammal, the mammal's cancer and physiological condition can be monitored in various ways well known to the skilled practitioner. For instance, tumor mass may be observed physically or by standard x-ray imaging techniques.
- The antagonists of the invention also have utility in non-therapeutic applications. For instance, methods for employing the antagonists in vitro in diagnostic assays are provided. For instance, the antagonists may be employed in diagnostic assays to detect overexpression of HGF receptor in specific cells and tissues. Various diagnostic assay techniques known in the art may be used, such as competitive binding assays, direct or indirect sandwich assays and immunoprecipitation assays conducted in either heterogeneous or homogeneous phases [Zola, Monoclonal Antibodies: A Manual of Techniques, CRC Press, Inc. (1987) pp. 147-158]. The antagonists used in the diagnostic assays can be labeled with a detectable moiety. The detectable moiety should be capable of producing, either directly or indirectly, a detectable signal. For example, the detectable moiety may be a radioisotope, such as 3H, 14C, 32P, 35S, or 125I, a fluorescent or chemiluminescent compound, such as fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, or luciferin, or an enzyme, such as alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase or horseradish peroxidase. Any method known in the art for conjugating the antagonist to the detectable moiety may be employed, including those methods described by Hunter et al., Nature, 194:495 (1962); David et al., Biochemistry, 13:1014-1021 (1974); Pain et al., J. Immunol. Meth., 40:219-230 (1981); and Nygren, J. Histochem. and Cytochem., 30:407 (1982).
- Additionally, the HGF receptor antagonist antibodies can be used to immunopurify HGF receptor(s).
- D. Articles of Manufacture and Kits
- In a further embodiment of the invention, there are provided articles of manufacture and kits containing materials useful for treating cancer or detecting or purifying HGF receptor. The article of manufacture comprises a container with a label. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, and test tubes. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. The container holds a composition having an active agent which is effective for treating cancer or for detecting or purifying HGF receptor. The active agent in the composition is a HGF receptor antagonist and preferably, comprises Fab fragments of monoclonal antibodies specific for c-Met. The label on the container indicates that the composition is used for treating cancer or detecting or purifying HGF receptor, and may also indicate directions for either in vivo or in vitro use, such as those described above.
- The kit of the invention comprises the container described above and a second container comprising a buffer. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes, and package inserts with instructions for use.
- The invention will be more fully understood by reference to the following examples. They should not, however, be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. All reference citations herein are incorporated by reference.
- All restriction enzymes referred to in the examples were purchased from New England Biolabs and used according to manufacturer's instructions. All other commercially available reagents referred to in the examples were used according to manufacturer's instructions unless otherwise indicated. The source of those cells identified in the following examples, and throughout the specification, by ATCC accession numbers is the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md.
- Balb/c mice (obtained from Charles River Laboratories) were immunized by injecting 2.5 μg/50 μl c-Met-IgG fusion protein (diluted in MPL-TDM adjuvant purchased from Ribi Immunochemical Research Inc., Hamilton, Mont.) five times into each hind foot pad. Injections were administered on
Day 0 andDays 56, 63, 66 and 73. The c-Met-IgG fusion protein (including the extracellular domain of c-Met fused to a human IgG1 heavy chain) was constructed essentially as described by Mark et al., J. Biol. Chem., 267:26166-26171 (1992) and produced in Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells. The c-Met-IgG was subsequently purified in a single step using affinity chromatography on immobilized Protein A (Bioprocessing, Inc., Princeton, N.J.), using an elution scheme modified from Chamow et al., J. Immunol., 153:4268-4280 (1994). Culture supernatant was loaded onto a Protein A column equilibrated in 20 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 0.15 M NaCl. The column was washed, first with equilibration buffer, then with equilibration buffer containing 0.5 M tetramethylammonium chloride, to remove non-specifically bound protein. c-Met-IgG was eluted with 20 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 3.5 M MgCl2. This c-Met-IgG eluate was concentrated and exchanged into 20 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 0.15 M NaCl by gel filtration on Sephadex G25 to a final concentration of about 2-4 mg/ml. - On Day 77, popliteal lymph nodes were removed from the mice and a single cell suspension was prepared in DMEM media (obtained from Biowhitakker Corp.) supplemented with 1% penicillin-streptomycin. The lymph node cells were then fused with murine myeloma cells P3X63AgU.1 (ATCC CRL 1597) using 35% polyethylene glycol and cultured in 96-well culture plates. Hybridomas resulting from the fusion were selected in HAT medium. Ten days after the fusion, hybridoma culture supernatants were screened in an ELISA to test for the presence of monoclonal antibodies binding to the c-Met-IgG fusion protein.
- In the ELISA, 96-well microtiter plates (Nunc) were coated by adding 50 μl of 2 μg/ml goat anti-human IgG Fc (purchased from Cappel Laboratories) to each well and incubating at 4° C. overnight. The plates were then washed three times with distilled water. The wells in the microtiter plates were blocked with 200 μl of 2% bovine serum albumin and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. The plates were then washed again three times with distilled water.
- After the washing step, 100 μl of 0.4 μg/ml c-Met-IgG fusion protein (as described above) was added to each well. The plates were incubated for 1 hour at room temperature on a shaker apparatus, followed by washing three times with distilled water.
- Then, 100 μl of the hybridoma supernatants was added to designated wells. 100 μl of P3X63AgU.1 myeloma cell conditioned medium was added to other designated wells as controls. The plates were incubated at room temperature for 1 hour on a shaker apparatus and then washed three times with distilled water.
- Next, 50 μl HRP-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG Fc (purchased from Cappel Laboratories), diluted 1:1000 in assay buffer (0.5% bovine serum albumin, 0.05% Tween-20, 0.01% Thimersol in PBS), was added to each well and the plates incubated for 1 hour at room temperature on a shaker apparatus. The plates were washed three times with distilled water, followed by addition of 50 μl of substrate (5 mg OPD, 12.5 ml PBS, 5 μl H2O2) to each well and incubation at room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was stopped by adding 50 μl of 2 N H2SO4 to each well, and absorbance at 490 nm was read in an automated microtiter plate reader.
- Of 912 hybridoma supernatants screened in the ELISA, 24 supernatants tested positive (calculated as approximately 2 times above background). The supernatants testing positive in the ELISA were further analyzed by FACS analysis using A549 cells (human epidermoid cell line expressing c-Met; ATCC CCL 185) or BaF3 transfected cells expressing c-Met (see Example 6 below) and fluorescein-conjugated mouse anti-IgG. The FACS analysis showed 19/24 supernatants were positive for anti-c-Met antibodies.
- Balb/c mice were immunized as described in Example 1 except that the c-Met-IgG fusion protein injections were administered on
Day 0 and Days 7, 14, 21, 28, 211, 273 and 279. On Day 282, lymph nodes were removed and a fusion was conducted as described in Example 1. Hybridoma supernatants were tested according to the ELISA described in Example 1. One of the positive anti-c-Met monoclonal antibodies was called 5D5.11.6 (“5D5”). Further antibody analysis showed that the 5D5 monoclonal antibody is an IgG1 isotype antibody comprising a kappa light chain. - Ascites was produced in Balb/c mice and the monoclonal antibodies were then purified using a protein G affinity column. The protein concentration was determined by the absorbance at 280 nm using an extinction coefficient of 1.4.
- An inhibition assay was conducted to examine the ability of the antibodies (described in Example 1) to block binding of HGF to c-Met-IgG fusion protein. Prior to conducting the inhibition assay, the 24 hybridoma supernatants determined positive in the ELISA in Example 1 were purified on Protein A-Sepharose columns to yield antibody preparations of about 1 μg/ml.
- For the assay, 96-well microtiter plates were coated by adding 100 μl of 2 μg/ml goat anti-human Fc (purchased from Jackson Immunochemical, West Grove, Pa.) in 0.05 M sodium bicarbonate, pH 9.6, to each well and incubating overnight at 4° C. The plates were then washed with a washing buffer (0.05% Tween-20, 0.01% Thimersol in PBS). Nonspecific binding in the wells was blocked by adding 150 μl blocking buffer (0.5% BSA, 0.01% Thimersol in PBS, pH 7.4) to each well and incubating at room temperature for 2 hours with rapid agitation on an orbital shaker.
- Next, continuing at room temperature and agitation on the orbital shaker, the blocking buffer was removed from the wells, and the plates were washed with washing buffer. Next, 100 μl of 10 ng/ml c-Met-IgG fusion protein in PBS, 0.5% BSA, 0.05% Tween-20, and 0.01% Thimersol (described in Example 1) was added to the wells. The plates were incubated for 2 hours and then washed 3 times with washing buffer.
- Recombinant human HGF (rhuHGF) was produced in CHO cells using a procedure modified from Naka et al., J. Biol. Chem., 267:20114-20119 (1992). rhuHGF-transfected cells were grown in a 400 L bioreactor in medium containing 2% fetal bovine serum for 8 days. Culture supernatant containing rhuHGF was concentrated and clarified, then conditioned by the addition of solid NaCl to 0.3 M. rhuHGF was then purified in a single step using cation exchange chromatography. Conditioned, concentrated culture supernatant was loaded onto a column of S-Sepharose Fast Flow equilibrated in 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 0.3 M NaCl. After washing out unbound protein, rhuHGF was eluted in a linear gradient from 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 0.3 M NaCl to 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 1.2 M NaCl. rhuHGF-containing fractions were pooled based on SDS-PAGE analysis. The S Sepharose Fast Flow pool was concentrated and exchanged into 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 0.5 M NaCl by gel filtration on Sephadex G25 to a final concentration of about 3-5 mg/ml. A rhuHGF stock solution was then prepared by diluting the rhuHGF in assay buffer (0.5% bovine serum albumin, 0.05% Tween-20, 0.01% Thimersol in PBS) to a concentration of 10 μg/ml. A stock solution of control gp120 antibody (Genentech, Inc.) was also prepared by diluting the antibody in assay buffer to a concentration of 10 μg/ml.
- Then, 50 μl of either rhuHGF, gp120 antibody or one of the 24 monoclonal antibodies was added to designated wells to yield a final concentration of 1000, 100, 10, or 1 ng/ml/well. Immediately, 50 μl of 200 ng/ml biotinylated rhuHGF (rhuHGF biotinylated using Biotin-X-NHS obtained from Research Organics, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio) was also added to each well. After 2 hours incubation, the wells were washed 3 times with washing buffer. 100 μl HRP-streptavidin (1:2000 dilution in assay buffer) (purchased from Zymed Laboratories), was added to the wells and the plates were incubated for 30 minutes. The plates were washed again 3 times with washing buffer. 50 μl of substrate (5 mg OPD, 12.5 ml PBS, 5 μl H2O2) was added to the wells and color was allowed to develop for 20 minutes. The reaction was stopped by adding 100 μl 4.5 N sulfuric acid to each well. Absorbance at 492 nm was quantitated in an automated microtiter plate reader.
- One of the monoclonal antibodies, referred to as 1A3.3.13, significantly blocked binding of HGF (
FIG. 2 ). Further antibody analysis showed that the 1A3.3.13 monoclonal antibody is an IgG1 isotype antibody comprising a kappa light chain. - Several different antibodies produced in the fusion described in Example 1, referred to as 3D6, 6G1, and 1A3.3.13, and purified as described in Example 3, were tested and compared for their ability to induce DNA synthesis in a human mammary epithelial cell bioassay.
- Human mammary epithelial cells (obtained from Clonetics Corp., No. CC-2551) were passaged in Mammary Epithelial Cell Basal Medium (Clonetics Corp., No. CC-3151). Prior to conducting the bioassay, the cells were trypsinized, washed, and resuspended in assay medium (Basal Medium supplemented with 1 mg/ml BSA, penicillin, streptomycin and L-glutamine) to a concentration of 1×105 cells/ml. Next, 100 μl of the cells were added to the wells of 96-well culture plates. rhuHGF (described in Example 3) was diluted in assay medium at concentrations of 20 ng/ml and 200 ng/ml. The 3D6, 6G1, 1A3.3.13, and control gp120 antibodies were diluted in assay medium at concentrations of 200 ng/ml and 2 μg/ml. 100 μl of the rhuHGF and antibody preparations was then added to designated wells. The plates were incubated at 37° C. in 5% CO2 for 16 hours.
- Next, 1 μCi 3H-thymidine (Amersham) was added to each well, and the plates were incubated for 24 hours at 37° and 5% CO2. The human mammary epithelial cells were harvested and the amount of radioactivity incorporated into the DNA was then quantitated in a microplate scintillation counter.
- The results showed that, at a concentration of 10 ng/ml, the 3D6, 6G1 and 1A3.3.12 antibodies have some HGF agonistic effect. (See
FIG. 3 ) - Anti-c-Met antibodies 05-237 and 05-238 (purchased from Upstate Biotechnology Inc., Lake Placid, N.Y.; see also, Prat et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., supra, Prat et al., Int. J. Cancer, supra) and antibody 3D6 (described in Example 4) were tested and compared for their ability to induce DNA synthesis in a mink lung bioassay.
- Mink lung cells (
Mv 1 Lu, ATCC CCl 64) were passaged in DME/F12 (50:50) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, penicillin, streptomycin and L-glutamine. Prior to conducting the bioassay, the mink lung cells were trypsinized, washed, and resuspended in assay medium (DME/F12 medium supplemented with 1 mg/ml BSA, penicillin, streptomycin and L-glutamine) to a concentration of 1×105 cells/ml. The bioassay was then conducted as described in Example 4. - The results showed that antibodies 05-237 and 05-238 have HGF agonistic effect. (See
FIG. 4 ) - Antagonistic activity of 1A3.3.13 monoclonal antibody Fab fragments was determined using a thymidine incorporation assay. Monoclonal antibody 1A3.3.13 (described in Example 3) was digested with papain to obtain the Fab fragments. The papain digestion was performed by initially dialyzing the antibody against a 20 mM phosphate/10 mM EDTA, pH 7.0, buffer overnight. The antibody was then concentrated to approximately 10 mg/ml. Next, 0.5 ml immobilized papain (crosslinked 6% beaded agarose, obtained from Pierce Chemicals) was added to a 16×100 mm tube. The papain beads were washed 2 times with 4 ml of digestion buffer (42 mg cysteine-HCl in 12 ml phosphate buffer, pH 10). Each wash was removed using a separator. About 0.5 to 1 ml of the 1A3.3.13 antibody was added to the papain beads and then incubated in a heated shaker bath (37° C., 200 rpm) overnight. 1.5 ml of binding buffer (Immunopure IgG Binding Buffer obtained from Pierce Chemicals) was added to the tube, and the supernatant was separated from the beads with a separator. The supernatant was then passed over a Protein A column equilibrated with the binding buffer. Additional binding buffer was passed over the column and the eluate containing the Fab fragments was collected in 1 ml fractions. The fractions were analyzed by absorbance at 280 nm and the Fab containing fractions dialyzed against PBS overnight. Absorbance at 280 nm was read again to determine the concentration of Fab (about 1.53). The fractions were also run on a 7.5% SDS gel to determine the purity of the Fab in the fraction. The 1A3.3.13 Fab fragments were further tested in an inhibition assay (as described in Example 3). The Fab fragments did inhibit HGF binding but showed a weaker inhibitory effect as compared to intact 1A3.3.13 antibody (data not shown).
- An expression plasmid was prepared by inserting a full-length cDNA for human c-Met (described as pOK met cDNA in Rodrigues et al., supra) into a pRK5.tk.neo vector [de Sauvage et al., Nature, 369:533-538 (1994); Gorman, DNA Cloning: A New Approach, 2:143-190 (IRL Washington 1985)]. The resulting plasmid was linearized and transfected into the IL-3 dependent cell line, BaF3 [Palacios et al., Cell, 41:727-734 (1985)] by electroporation (800 microfarad, 250 V, BRL electroporator). Selection of transfectants was performed by culturing the cells for 2-3 weeks in the presence of 2 mg/ml G418. One of the selected transfectant cell lines, referred to as BaF3-hmet.8, was confirmed by Western blotting to express c-Met. BaF3-hmet.8 also tested positive for response to HGF in a proliferation assay measuring incorporation of 3H-thymidine. Neither the parental BaF3 cells nor any cells derived by transfection with the pRK5.tk.neo vector alone (“BaF3-neo”) were found to express c-Met or respond to HGF in the proliferation assay.
- The BaF3-hmet.8 cells were passaged in RPMI medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 5% WEHI-conditioned medium (as a source of IL-3) and 2 mM glutamine. Prior to conducting the assay, the cells were washed twice with assay medium (RPMI medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum) and resuspended in assay medium to a concentration of 5×104 cells/ml. Next, 100 μl of the cells was added to each well in the 96-well culture plates. Various concentrations (0.2 μg/ml, 2 μg/ml, 20 μg/ml) of control gp120 Fab fragments (gp120 monoclonal antibody digested with papain as described above) and the 1A3.3.13 Fab fragments were prepared in assay medium and 100 μl was added to designated wells. The plates were incubated at 37° C. in 5% CO2 for 15 hours.
- One μCi 3H-thymidine was added to each well of the culture plates. The cells were harvested 7 hours later and the amount of radioactivity incorporated into the DNA was quantitated (CPM) in a microplate scintillation counter.
- The results are shown in
FIG. 5 . At a concentration of 10 μg/ml, the 1A3.3.13 Fab fragments significantly blocked BaF3-hmet.8 cell proliferation in the presence of HGF. - The 5D5 monoclonal antibody (as described in Example 2) was dialyzed and digested with papain essentially as described in Example 6 except that after dialysis, the antibody was concentrated to 7 mg/ml using a
Centricon 30 filter. After dialyzing the 5D5 Fab fragments against PBS overnight, the preparation of 5D5 Fab fragments was further purified by gel filtration (Superose™ 12, Pharmacia) to remove residual F(ab′)2. - The binding specificity of the 5D5 antibody (described in Example 2) was examined by incubating BaF3-hmet cells or BaF3-neo cells (each described in Example 6) with saturating concentrations of 5D5 antibody or a control IgG, followed by fluorescein-conjugated mouse anti-IgG. 10 μg/ml 5D5 antibody was incubated with 50 μl of 1×105 BaF3-hmet cells or BaF3-neo cells for 30 minutes at 4° C. in cell sorting buffer (PBS and 1% fetal calf serum). The cells were washed twice with cell sorting buffer and spun at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes. The cells were then incubated with 100 μl goat (Fab′)2 anti-mouse IgG Fc (Cappel) at a 1:1000 dilution for 30 minutes at 4° C. The cells were again washed twice with cell sorting buffer and spun at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes. The cells were then transferred to microtiter tubes with 250 μl of cell sorting buffer and analyzed by flow cytometry with a Becton Dickinson FACScan. As shown in
FIGS. 6A and 6B , the 5D5 antibody binds to the BaF3-hmet cells but not to the BaF3-neo cells, indicating that 5D5 antibody binds c-Met. - An inhibition assay was also conducted, essentially as described in Example 3, to examine the ability of 5D5 antibody (Example 2) and 5D5 Fab (described in Example 7) to block binding of HGF to c-Met-IgG fusion protein. rhuHGF, 5D5 antibody, 5D5 Fab and control gp120 Fab were tested at concentrations ranging from 0 to 10 μg/ml, as shown in
FIG. 7 . Each data point in the graph ofFIG. 7 is the mean of triplicates. The data illustrated inFIG. 7 shows that both the 5D5 antibody and 5D5 Fab blocked binding of HGF to c-Met-IgG. - A. BaF3-hmet Cell Assay
- Antagonistic activity of 5D5 Fab fragments was examined using a thymidine incorporation assay, as described in Example 6. Various concentrations (0, 0.01, 0.1, 1, 10 μg/ml) of control gp 120 Fab and 5D5 Fab (Example 7) were prepared in the assay medium and added to designated wells, either alone or in the presence of 10 ng/ml rhuHGF. The results are shown in
FIGS. 8A and 8B . Data are the mean±SEM of 4 replicates in a representative experiment. As shown inFIGS. 8A and 8B , the 5D5 Fab acts as an antagonist at concentrations as low as 1 μg/ml, significantly blocking BaF3-hmet cell proliferation in the presence of HGF. - B. Human Mammary Tumor Cell Assay
- Antagonistic activity of 5D5 Fab fragments was examined in a mitogenic assay to measure induction of DNA synthesis in a human breast carcinoma cell line. MDA-MB-435 human breast carcinoma cells (ATCC HTB 129) (which express c-Met) were cultured in DMEM, 5% fetal bovine serum, 100 U/ml penicillin, 100 μg/ml streptomycin sulfate and 2 mM glutamine. Prior to conducting the assay, the cells were washed and resuspended in assay medium (DMEM, 0.1% BSA, 2 mM glutamine). The cells were then plated in a 96 well plate at 5,000 cells/well and incubated at 37° C. with varying concentrations of rhuHGF (0, 0.1, 1, 10, 100, 1000 ng/ml) in the absence or presence of 10 μg/ml 5D5 Fab (Example 7) overnight. Next, 1 μCi 3H-thymidine was added to each well and the plates were incubated for 24 hours at 37° C. The cells were then harvested and the amount of radioactivity incorporated into the DNA was quantitated in a microplate scintillation counter. The results are shown in
FIG. 9 . Data are the mean±SEM of 6 replicates in a representative experiment. As shown inFIG. 9 , the mitogenic response of the carcinoma cells to the HGF was completely blocked by 5D5 Fab. - The ability of 5D5 Fab to stimulate the c-Met receptor or induce c-Met activation was examined in an in vitro assay measuring c-Met tyrosine phosphorylation. Phosphorylation of c-Met was measured in a sandwich ELISA, based on the methods of Sadick et al. in which solubilized c-Met is captured onto a plate coated with rabbit anti-c-Met polyclonal IgG and detected with anti-P-Tyr [Sadick et al., Anal. Biochem., 235:207-214 (1996)]. Microtiter plates were coated overnight at 4° C. with 5 μg/ml rabbit anti-c-Met polyclonal IgG, then non-specific binding was blocked as described in Example 3. While the microtiter plates were coated, A549 cells (described in Example 1) were plated into 100 mm dishes. The next day the cells were washed twice with assay medium (MEM supplemented with 1% BSA) and then challenged for 10 minutes with NK1 (1 μg/ml) [NK1 prepared as described in Lokker et al., J. Biol. Chem., 268:17145-17150 (1993)] or 5D5 Fab alone (10 μg/ml) (Example 7) or with rhuHGF (10 ng/ml) (Example 3). The cells were washed twice with PBS, and then lysed in 1 ml lysis buffer (PBS, 0.2% Triton X-100, 10 μg/ml aprotonin, 5 mM NaF, 2 mM sodium orthovanadate, and 0.2 mM PMSF) for 30 minutes on an orbital shaker at room temperature. The lysate was centrifuged for 10 minutes and 100 μl supernatant was transferred in duplicate to the blocked microtiter plates. After incubation for 2 hours at 23° C., tyrosine phosphorylation was detected by incubation for 2 hours at 23° C. with biotin-anti-P-Tyr (Upstate Biotech, Lake Placid, N.Y.), followed by HRP-streptavidin. Next, TMB peroxidase substrate (KPL, Gaithersburg, Md.) was added. The reaction was stopped with phosphoric acid and OD was measured at 450 nm in an automatic plate reader. Total c-Met was measured in parallel wells incubated as above except that detection was with biotinylated rabbit anti-c-Met polyclonal IgG (NIHS biotin, Pierce Chemical).
- As shown in
FIGS. 10A and 10B , lysates were analyzed for relative amounts of tyrosine phosphorylated c-Met (FIG. 10A ) and total c-Met (FIG. 10B ). Results shown inFIGS. 10A and 10B are the mean±SEM of 4 replicates from a representative experiment. NK1 did stimulate tyrosine phosphorylation of c-Met (indicating agonistic activity), but did not significantly inhibit the response of A549 cells to the HGF. In contrast, 5D5 Fab had no stimulatory effect on tyrosine phosphorylation and blocked HGF responses. - The effect of heparin on the antagonistic activity of 5D5 Fab was examined using a thymidine incorporation assay, as described in Examples 6 and 9 except that BaF3-hmet cells were incubated with NK1 (described in Example 10; 0, 0, 01, 0.1, 1 μg/ml), 5D5 Fab (described in Example 7; 0, 0.01, 0.1, 1, 10 μg/ml) or 5D5 Fab and 10 ng/ml HGF. Each incubation was done in the absence or presence of heparin (1 μg/ml) (Sigma). The results, shown in
FIGS. 11A-11C , are the mean±SEM of 4 replicates from a representative experiment. - As shown in
FIG. 11A , NK1 can be converted to an agonistic molecule by the presence of exogenous heparin. In contrast, heparin did not confer agonist activity on the 5D5 Fab (FIG. 11B ). Although the response to HGF was enhanced by heparin, the 5D5 Fab remained an antagonist and completely blocked HGF activity (FIG. 11C ). - An assay was conducted to examine the ability of 5D5 Fab to inhibit HGF-induced cell migration. A549 cells (described in Example 1) were added to the upper wells of a 48-well modified Boyden chamber (NEURO PROBE INC., Cabin John, MD) containing rhuHGF (10 ng/ml) and/or 5D5 Fab (Example 7; 10 μg/ml) in the lower wells. A barrier of polyvinylpyrrolidone-free polycarbonate filter with 8 micron pore size was employed. After incubation for 6 hours at 37° C., the cells on the upper surface of the membrane were scraped off, and the membrane was stained with DifQuik™ (Baxter Scientific Products). A549 cells that had migrated onto the lower side of the membrane were counted in 20 randomly selected fields for each well. The data shown in Table 1 below are the mean±SD of 4 wells.
-
TABLE 1 Inhibition of HGF-induced migration by 5D5 Fab Number of Cells Migrated per High Powered Field Experiment 1 Experiment 2 Control 0 ± 0 9 ± 8 HGF 224 ± 30 35 ± 10 5D5 Fab 2 ± 2 7 ± 4 HGF + 5D5 Fab 37 ± 22 6 ± 4 - The results show that 5D5 Fab blocked migration responses to HGF.
- An aliquot of 5D5 Fab (Example 7) was resolved on a 4-20% gradient SDS gel and electroblotted onto a PVDF (Immobilon-PSQ) membrane (Millipore, Marlborough, Mass.) for 1 hour at 250 mA constant current in a BioRad Trans-Blot transfer cell [Matsudaira, J. Biol. Chem., 262:10035-10038 (1987)]. The membrane was then stained with 0.1% Coomassie Blue R-250 in 50% methanol for 30 seconds and destained for 2-3 minutes with 10% acetic acid in 50% methanol. After destaining, the membrane was thoroughly washed with water and allowed to dry before sequencing on a model 473A automated protein sequencer, using a Blott™ cartridge (Applied Biosystems). Peaks were integrated with Justice Innovation software using Nelson Analytical 760 interfaces and sequence interpretation was performed on a DEC alpha [Henzel et al., J. Chromatography, 404:41-52 (1996)].
- Obtaining sequence of the 5D5 heavy chain required deblocking, which was performed as follows. The Fab fragment was reduced with 7 mM DTT at 45° C. for 1 hour and alkylated with 180 mM isopropylacetamide at 25° C. for 20 minutes [Krutzsch et al., Anal. Biochem., 209:109-116 (1993)]. The alkylated Fab fragment was then exchanged 3× in a Microcon-10 with 0.1 M sodium phosphate containing 10 mM DTT (in digestion buffer) and digested with 1 mU of pyroglumate aminopeptidase (Takara Biochemicals, Berkeley, Calif.) at 45° C. for 3 hours in 20 μl digestion buffer. The deblocked Fab was then transferred to the PVDF membrane and sequenced as described above.
- N-terminal sequence data were used to design PCR primers specific for the 5′ ends of the variable regions of the light and heavy chains, while 3′ primers were designed to anneal to the concensus framework 4 of each chain [Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., (1991)]. The primers were also designed to add restriction enzyme sites for cloning. Total RNA, extracted from 108 cells of hybridoma 5D5 with a Stratagen RNA isolation kit, was used as substrate for RT-PCR. Reverse transcription was performed under standard conditions [Kawasaki et al., PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Applications, Innis et al., eds., Academic Press, San Diego, pp. 21-27 (1990)] using the framework 4 specific primers and Superscript II RNase H-Reverse Transcriptase (Gibco-BRL, Gaithersburg, Md.). PCR amplification employed Taq polymerase (Perkin Elmer-Cetus, Foster City, Calif.), as described in Kawasaki et al., supra, except that 2% DMSO was included in the reaction mixture. Amplified DNA fragments were digested with restriction enzymes SfiI and RsrII (light chain) or MluI and ApaI (heavy chain), gel purified, and cloned into a derivative of expression plasmid pAK19 [Carter et al., Bio/Technology, 10:163-167 (1992)]. This vector, pXCA730, was modified by site-directed mutagenesis [Kunkel et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 82:488 (1985)] to contain unique restriction sites between the STII signal sequences and the variable domains, and at the junction of the variable and constant domains of each chain. The light and heavy chain variable domain cDNAs were inserted upstream and in frame to human CK and CH1 domains. The C-terminal cysteine of the heavy chain in pAK19, which could form a disulfide bridge to give F(ab′)2 molecules, was removed to permit expression of only the Fab form of the antibody.
- Recombinant 5D5 Fab was expressed in E. coli K12 strain 33B6 [Rodrigues et al., Cancer Res., 55:63-70 (1995)], as described by Carter et al., supra.
FIG. 12 shows a schematic representation of plasmid p5D5 containing the discistronic operon for expression of the chimer 5D5 Fab. Expression was under the control of the E. coli alkaline phosphatase promoter, which is inducible by phosphate starvation. Each antibody chain was preceded by the E. coli heat-stable enterotoxin II signal sequence to direct sequence to the periplasmic space of E. coli. The murine variable domains from antibody 5D5 (VL and VH) were precisely fused on their 3′ side to human K1 CL and CH1 constant domains, respectively. - The cell pellet from a 10-L fermentation was harvested by continuous feed centrifugation, frozen and stored at −70° C. A portion of the pellet was suspended in extraction buffer (120 mM MES, pH 6.0, and 5 mM EDTA, 5 ml/gram of paste). The suspension was mixed thoroughly using an ultraturrax (Janke and Kunkel) for approximately 15 minutes at 4° C. Intact cells were then disrupted using 2 passes through a cell homogenizer (Microfluidizer, by Microfluidics Corp., Newton, Mass.) fitted with a cooling coil. The suspension was then adjusted to 0.1% (v/v) polyethyleneimine using a 5% (v/v) stock which had been adjusted to pH 6.0. Intact cells and PEI-flocculated debris were separated from the soluble fraction by centrifugation at 25,400×g for 30 minutes. The supernatant was adjusted to a conductivity less than 4 mS by addition of purified water and loaded onto a column (1×10 cm) of Bakerbond ABX, 40 micron particle size (J. T. Baker, Phillipsburg, N.J.). The column had been equilibrated in 50 mM MES, 5 mM EDTA, pH 6.0. All steps were done at a linear flow rate of 100 cm/hour. After loading, the column was washed with equilibration buffer until the absorbance of the column effluent was equivalent to baseline. Elution was performed using a 16-column volume, linear gradient from 0 to 100 mM ammonium sulfate in equilibration buffer. Column fractions were analyzed by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and fractions which contained the Fab were pooled. The conductivity of the pool from the ABX column was lowered to less than 4 mS and loaded onto a column (1×10 cm) of SP-Sepharose High Performance resin (Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) that had been equilibrated in 25 mM MOPS buffer, pH 6.9. All steps were performed at a linear flow rate of 100 cm/hour. Following the load, the column was washed with one column volume of equilibration buffer. The 5D5 Fab was then eluted from the column using a 16-column volume, linear gradient from 0 to 200 mM sodium acetate in equilibration buffer. Column fractions were analyzed by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and fractions which contained the Fab were pooled.
- The light chain of the 5D5 Fab included
amino acid residues 1 to 220, as shown inFIG. 1A (SEQ ID NO:1), and the heavy chain includedamino acid residues 1 to 230 (whereinamino acid residue 1 comprised a glutamine acid residue), as shown inFIG. 1B (SEQ ID NO:2). Molecular weight analysis of the 5D5 Fab showed that it had a molecular weight of approximately 45 kDa. Although not fully understood, it is believed thatamino acid residue 1 of native 5D5 Fab heavy chain may be a glutamine residue. - An inhibition assay was conducted, essentially as described in Examples 3 and 8, to examine the ability of recombinant 5D5 Fab (Example 13) to block binding of HGF to c-Met-IgG fusion protein. rhuHGF, recombinant 5D5 Fab, or a recombinant control Fab (anti-VEGF Fab, Genentech, Inc.) were tested at concentrations ranging from 0.001-10 μg/ml, as shown in
FIG. 13 . The data, shown inFIG. 13 , is the mean±SD of duplicate wells. The graph inFIG. 13 illustrates that the recombinant 5D5 Fab inhibited HGF binding to c-Met while the control did not. - The effect of heparin on antagonistic activity of recombinant 5D5 Fab (Example 13) was examined using a thymidine incorporation assay as described in Examples 6, 9 and 11. BaF3-hmet cells were incubated with 0-10,000 ng/ml recombinant 5D5 Fab (Example 13) or recombinant control Fab alone (anti-VEGF Fab; described in Example 14), with 1 μg/ml heparin (Sigma), with 10 ng/ml rhuHGF, or with 10 ng/ml rhuHGF plus 1 μg/ml heparin.
- The results are shown in
FIGS. 14A-14D , and the data are the mean±SEM of 4 replicates in a representative experiment. The results show that the recombinant 5D5 Fab remained an antagonist in the presence and absence of heparin. - The following cultures have been deposited with the American Type Culture Collection, 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20220-2209 USA (ATCC):
-
Hybridoma ATCC No. Deposit Date 1A3.3.13 HB-11894 May 23, 1995 5D5.11.6 HB-11895 May 23, 1995 - This deposit was made under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purpose of Patent Procedure and the Regulations thereunder (Budapest Treaty). This assures maintenance of viable cultures for 30 years from the date of deposit. The organisms will be made available by ATCC under the terms of the Budapest Treaty, and subject to an agreement between Genentech, Inc. and ATCC, which assures permanent and unrestricted availability of the progeny of the cultures to the public upon issuance of the pertinent U.S. patent or upon laying open to the public of any U.S. or foreign patent application, whichever comes first, and assures availability of the progeny to one determined by the U.S. Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks to be entitled thereto according to 35 USC §122 and the Commissioner's rules pursuant thereto (including 37 CFR §1.14 with particular reference to 886 OG 638).
- The assignee of the present application has agreed that if the cultures on deposit should die or be lost or destroyed when cultivated under suitable conditions, they will be promptly replaced on notification with a viable specimen of the same culture. Availability of the deposited strains are not to be construed as a license to practice the invention in contravention of the rights granted under the authority of any government in accordance with its patent laws.
- The foregoing written specification is considered to be sufficient to enable one skilled in the art to practice the invention. The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the cultures deposited, since the deposited embodiments are intended as an illustration of an aspect of the invention and any cultures that are functionally equivalent are within the scope of this invention. The deposit of material herein does not constitute an admission that the written description herein contained is inadequate to enable the practice of any aspect of the invention, including the best mode thereof, nor is it to be construed as limiting the scope of the claims to the specific illustration that it represents.
Claims (40)
1. A hepatocyte growth factor (HGF) receptor antagonist which specifically binds to a HGF receptor.
2. The antagonist of claim 1 which is an antibody.
3. The antibody of claim 2 which is a monoclonal antibody.
4. The antibody of claim 2 wherein the antibody binds to the c-Met receptor.
5. The antibody of claim 4 wherein the antibody inhibits binding of human HGF to the c-Met receptor.
6. The antibody of claim 2 which comprises a Fab fragment.
7. The antibody of claim 2 comprising a chimeric antibody.
8. The antibody of claim 2 having the biological characteristics of the monoclonal antibody produced by the hybridoma cell line deposited under American Type Culture Collection Accession Number ATCC HB-11894.
9. The antibody of claim 2 wherein the antibody binds to substantially the same epitope as the epitope to which the monoclonal antibody produced by the hybridoma cell line deposited under American Type Culture Collection Accession Number ATCC HB-11894 binds.
10. The antibody of claim 2 having the biological characteristics of the monoclonal antibody produced by the hybridoma cell line deposited under American Type Culture Collection Accession Number ATCC HB-11895.
11. The antibody of claim 2 wherein the antibody binds to substantially the same epitope as the epitope to which the monoclonal antibody produced by the hybridoma cell line deposited under American Type Culture Collection Accession Number ATCC HB-11895 binds.
12. An isolated HGF receptor antagonist which specifically binds to a HGF receptor and comprises amino acid residues 1-220 of FIG. 1A and amino acid residues 1-230 of FIG. 1B .
13. An isolated nucleic acid encoding the HGF receptor antagonist of claim 12 .
14. An isolated nucleic acid encoding the HGF receptor antagonist of claim 1 .
15. The nucleic acid of claim 14 wherein said antagonist is an antibody.
16. A vector comprising the nucleic acid of claim 12 .
17. A host cell comprising the vector of claim 16 .
18. A method of producing HGF receptor antagonist comprising culturing the host cell of claim 17 and recovering the HGF receptor antagonist from the host cell culture.
19. A hybridoma cell line which produces the antibody of claim 3 .
20. The hybridoma of claim 19 comprising ATCC HB-11894.
21. The hybridoma of claim 19 comprising ATCC HB-11895.
22. A chimeric molecule comprising the HGF receptor antagonist of claim 1 or claim 12 fused to a heterologous polypeptide sequence.
23. The chimeric molecule of claim 22 wherein said heterologous polypeptide is a tag polypeptide sequence.
24. The chimeric molecule of claim 22 wherein said heterologous polypeptide sequence is an immunoglobulin sequence.
25. The chimeric molecule of claim 22 wherein said heterologous polypeptide sequence is an albumin sequence.
26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the HGF receptor antagonist of claim 1 of claim 12 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
27. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 26 wherein said antagonist is an antibody.
28. A method of treating cancer in a mammal, comprising administering an effective amount of HGF receptor antagonist to a mammal diagnosed as having cancer.
29. The method of claim 28 wherein said antagonist is an antibody.
30. The method of claim 28 wherein said cancer is breast cancer.
31. The method of claim 28 wherein said cancer is pancreatic cancer.
32. The method of claim 28 wherein said cancer is colon cancer.
33. The method of claim 28 wherein said cancer is lung cancer.
34. An article of manufacture, comprising:
a container;
a label on said container; and
a composition contained within said container;
wherein the composition includes an active agent effective for treating cancer, the label on said container indicates that the composition can be used for treating cancer, and the active agent in said composition comprises HGF receptor antagonist.
35. The article of manufacture of claim 34 wherein said antagonist is an antibody.
36. The article of manufacture of claim 34 further comprising instructions for administering the HGF receptor antagonist to a mammal.
37. A kit, comprising:
a first container, a label on said container, and
a composition contained within said container;
wherein the composition includes an active agent effective for treating cancer, the label on said container indicates that the composition can be used for treating cancer, and the active agent in said composition comprises HGF receptor antagonist;
a second container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer; and
instructions for using the HGF receptor antagonist to treat cancer.
38. An article of manufacture, comprising:
a container;
a label on said container; and
a composition contained within said container;
wherein the composition includes an active agent effective for detecting or purifying HGF receptor, the label on said container indicates that the composition can be used for detecting or purifying HGF receptor, and the active agent in said composition comprises HGF receptor antagonist.
39. The article of manufacture of claim 38 wherein said antagonist is an antibody.
40. A kit, comprising:
a first container, a label on said container, and
a composition contained within said container;
wherein the composition includes an active agent effective for detecting or purifying HGF receptor, the label on said container indicates that the composition can be used for detecting or purifying HGF receptor, and the active agent in said composition comprises HGF receptor antagonist;
a second container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer; and
instructions for using the HGF receptor antagonist to detect or purify HGF receptor.
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/365,495 US20090148457A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2009-02-04 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US13/012,632 US20110280870A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2011-01-24 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US13/492,709 US20120321628A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2012-06-08 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US13/911,407 US20140056921A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2013-06-06 | Hepatocyte Growth Factor Receptor Antagonists and Uses Thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US08/460,368 US5686292A (en) | 1995-06-02 | 1995-06-02 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonist antibodies and uses thereof |
US08/952,235 US6207152B1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 1996-05-31 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
PCT/US1996/008094 WO1996038557A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 1996-05-31 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US09/669,971 US6468529B1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2000-09-26 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US10/232,408 US20030118587A1 (en) | 1998-02-17 | 2002-09-03 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US11/591,436 US20080044415A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2006-10-31 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US12/365,495 US20090148457A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2009-02-04 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/591,436 Continuation US20080044415A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2006-10-31 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/012,632 Continuation US20110280870A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2011-01-24 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20090148457A1 true US20090148457A1 (en) | 2009-06-11 |
Family
ID=23828430
Family Applications (7)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/460,368 Expired - Lifetime US5686292A (en) | 1995-06-02 | 1995-06-02 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonist antibodies and uses thereof |
US08/952,235 Expired - Lifetime US6207152B1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 1996-05-31 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US09/669,971 Expired - Lifetime US6468529B1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2000-09-26 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US12/365,495 Abandoned US20090148457A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2009-02-04 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US13/012,632 Abandoned US20110280870A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2011-01-24 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US13/492,709 Abandoned US20120321628A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2012-06-08 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US13/911,407 Abandoned US20140056921A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2013-06-06 | Hepatocyte Growth Factor Receptor Antagonists and Uses Thereof |
Family Applications Before (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/460,368 Expired - Lifetime US5686292A (en) | 1995-06-02 | 1995-06-02 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonist antibodies and uses thereof |
US08/952,235 Expired - Lifetime US6207152B1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 1996-05-31 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US09/669,971 Expired - Lifetime US6468529B1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2000-09-26 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
Family Applications After (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/012,632 Abandoned US20110280870A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2011-01-24 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US13/492,709 Abandoned US20120321628A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2012-06-08 | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US13/911,407 Abandoned US20140056921A1 (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2013-06-06 | Hepatocyte Growth Factor Receptor Antagonists and Uses Thereof |
Country Status (8)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (7) | US5686292A (en) |
EP (2) | EP1746160A3 (en) |
JP (1) | JPH11506327A (en) |
AU (1) | AU713862B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2223269C (en) |
IL (1) | IL118476A (en) |
WO (1) | WO1996038557A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA964383B (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20110104176A1 (en) * | 2009-10-30 | 2011-05-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Antibody specifically binding to c-met and use thereof |
Families Citing this family (231)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6214344B1 (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 2001-04-10 | Genetech, Inc. | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US5686292A (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 1997-11-11 | Genentech, Inc. | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonist antibodies and uses thereof |
AU7254896A (en) * | 1995-10-05 | 1997-04-28 | Genentech Inc. | Improved angiogenesis using hepatocyte growth factor |
JP2000515735A (en) * | 1996-07-03 | 2000-11-28 | ジェネンテック インコーポレーテッド | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor agonist |
CA2316755C (en) * | 1998-01-23 | 2006-04-04 | Prolifaron, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the identification of growth factor mimetics, growth factors and inhibitors |
US20020136721A1 (en) * | 1998-02-17 | 2002-09-26 | Schwall Ralph H. | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
ATE408415T1 (en) * | 1998-04-28 | 2008-10-15 | Toshikazu Nakamura | INHIBITORS FOR NEW VASCULAR FORMATION |
CA2855415A1 (en) * | 1999-03-23 | 2000-09-28 | The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Phenylalanine derivatives |
US7226991B1 (en) * | 1999-03-23 | 2007-06-05 | United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Phenylalanine derivatives |
EP1212407A4 (en) * | 1999-09-03 | 2003-04-02 | Human Genome Sciences Inc | Immunoglobulin superfamily polynucleotides, polypeptides, and antibodies |
ATE362767T1 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2007-06-15 | Us Gov Health & Human Serv | INHIBITION OF CELL MOTILITY AND ANGIOGENESIS WITH GRB2 SH2-DOMAIN INHIBITORS |
US7871981B2 (en) * | 1999-10-22 | 2011-01-18 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Inhibition of cell motility, angiogenesis, and metastasis |
EP1383792A2 (en) * | 2000-08-22 | 2004-01-28 | THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, as represented by THE SECRETARY, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES | Sh2 domain binding inhibitors |
US7425537B2 (en) * | 2000-08-22 | 2008-09-16 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | SH2 domain binding inhibitors |
US9249229B2 (en) | 2000-12-08 | 2016-02-02 | Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polypeptides and antibodies derived from chronic lymphocytic leukemia cells and uses thereof |
AU2002246632B2 (en) | 2000-12-08 | 2007-04-05 | Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Chronic lymphocytic leukemia cell line and its use for producing an antibody |
US7408041B2 (en) | 2000-12-08 | 2008-08-05 | Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polypeptides and antibodies derived from chronic lymphocytic leukemia cells and uses thereof |
US20060057651A1 (en) | 2000-12-08 | 2006-03-16 | Bowdish Katherine S | Polypeptides and antibodies derived from chronic lymphocytic leukemia cells and uses thereof |
US20020151508A1 (en) * | 2001-02-09 | 2002-10-17 | Schering Corporation | Methods for treating proliferative diseases |
US20030118585A1 (en) * | 2001-10-17 | 2003-06-26 | Agy Therapeutics | Use of protein biomolecular targets in the treatment and visualization of brain tumors |
JP2003238592A (en) * | 2001-12-13 | 2003-08-27 | Japan Tobacco Inc | Medicine for regenerating tissue and blood vessel, and method therefor |
US7794693B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2010-09-14 | Bracco International B.V. | Targeting vector-phospholipid conjugates |
US8623822B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2014-01-07 | Bracco Suisse Sa | KDR and VEGF/KDR binding peptides and their use in diagnosis and therapy |
US7261876B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2007-08-28 | Bracco International Bv | Multivalent constructs for therapeutic and diagnostic applications |
EP1587944A4 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2007-03-21 | Dyax Corp | Kdr and vegf/kdr binding peptides and their use in diagnosis and therapy |
US7211240B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2007-05-01 | Bracco International B.V. | Multivalent constructs for therapeutic and diagnostic applications |
AT413487B (en) * | 2002-08-12 | 2006-03-15 | Igeneon Krebs Immuntherapie | USE OF ANTIBODIES TO TUMOR ASSOCIATED ANTIGEN |
EP2292637B1 (en) * | 2002-09-06 | 2016-01-06 | Genentech, Inc. | Process for protein extraction |
US20040138104A1 (en) * | 2003-01-14 | 2004-07-15 | The Government Of The United States Of America Represented By The Secretary, | Peptides |
MXPA05008521A (en) * | 2003-02-13 | 2005-10-20 | Pharmacia Corp | Antibodies to c-met for the treatment of cancers. |
DK2284180T3 (en) * | 2003-03-03 | 2015-12-21 | Dyax Corp | Uses of peptides that specifically bind to the HGF receptor (cMET) |
US20040208876A1 (en) * | 2003-04-18 | 2004-10-21 | Kim Kyung Jin | Monoclonal antibodies to hepatocyte growth factor |
TWI353991B (en) | 2003-05-06 | 2011-12-11 | Syntonix Pharmaceuticals Inc | Immunoglobulin chimeric monomer-dimer hybrids |
ITMI20031127A1 (en) * | 2003-06-05 | 2004-12-06 | Uni Degli Studi Del Piemont E Orientale Am | ANTI-HGF-R ANTIBODIES AND THEIR USE |
WO2005001486A1 (en) * | 2003-06-06 | 2005-01-06 | Genentech, Inc. | Modulating the interaction between hgf beta chain and c-met |
MEP31408A (en) * | 2003-07-18 | 2010-10-10 | Abgenix Inc | Specific binding agents to hepatocyte growth factor |
HN2004000285A (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2006-04-27 | Pfizer Prod Inc | ANTIBODIES DIRECTED TO c-MET |
US20050119163A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2005-06-02 | The Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, | SH2 domain binding inhibitors |
US20050233960A1 (en) * | 2003-12-11 | 2005-10-20 | Genentech, Inc. | Methods and compositions for inhibiting c-met dimerization and activation |
AU2004309347B2 (en) * | 2003-12-19 | 2010-03-04 | Genentech, Inc. | Monovalent antibody fragments useful as therapeutics |
MXPA06009547A (en) * | 2004-02-23 | 2007-01-26 | Dana Farber Cancer Inst Inc | Method of treating abnormal cell growth using c-met and-tor inhibitors. |
WO2006001911A2 (en) * | 2004-05-06 | 2006-01-05 | Genentech, Inc. | Crystal structure of the hepatocyte growth factor beta chain and methods of use |
WO2005108424A1 (en) * | 2004-05-06 | 2005-11-17 | Genentech, Inc. | Crystal structure of the complex of hepatocyte growth factor bata chain with met receptor and methods of use |
RU2398777C2 (en) * | 2004-08-05 | 2010-09-10 | Дженентек, Инк. | HUMANISED ANTI c-met ANTAGONISTS |
CA2593212A1 (en) | 2005-01-05 | 2006-07-13 | Biogen Idec Ma Inc. | Cripto binding molecules |
NZ561211A (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2011-03-31 | Genentech Inc | Methods and compositions for modulating hyperstabilized C-met |
KR20130114763A (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2013-10-18 | 더 제너럴 하스피탈 코포레이션 | Monitoring and modulating hgf/hgfr activity |
BRPI0611464A2 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2010-09-08 | Genentech Inc | hgf / c-met antagonist molecule, modulation methods, method for treating a pathological condition associated with c-met activation, nucleic acid, host cell, article of manufacture, method for making the hgf / c-met antagonist molecule and uses of an hgf / c-met antagonist molecule |
AU2006252419B2 (en) * | 2005-06-02 | 2012-02-02 | Galaxy Biotech, Llc | Methods of treating brain tumors with antibodies |
AR056142A1 (en) * | 2005-10-21 | 2007-09-19 | Amgen Inc | METHODS TO GENERATE THE MONOVALENT IGG ANTIBODY |
WO2007062037A2 (en) * | 2005-11-21 | 2007-05-31 | Laboratoires Serono Sa | Compositions and methods of producing hybrid antigen binding molecules and uses thereof |
AU2007207764B2 (en) | 2006-01-12 | 2012-06-07 | Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antibodies to OX-2/CD200 and uses thereof |
ES2369739T3 (en) | 2006-03-20 | 2011-12-05 | Seikagaku Corporation | THERAPEUTIC AGENT FOR REUMATOID ARTHRITIS. |
JP5536445B2 (en) * | 2006-03-30 | 2014-07-02 | ノバルティス アーゲー | Composition of c-Met antibody and method of use thereof |
AR059922A1 (en) * | 2006-04-01 | 2008-05-07 | Galaxy Biotech Llc | HUMANIZED MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES FOR THE GROWTH FACTOR OF HEPATOCITS |
CN101534920B (en) * | 2006-11-01 | 2013-10-16 | 比奥根艾迪克Ma公司 | Method of isolating biomacromolecules using low pH and divalent cations |
WO2008079972A2 (en) | 2006-12-20 | 2008-07-03 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | 4-{4- [ ({3-tert-butyl-1- [3- (hydroxymethyl) phenyl] - 1h- pyrazol- 5 -yl } carbamoyl) -amin o] -3-chlorophenoxy} -n-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide as an inhibitor of the vegfr kinase for the treatment of cancer |
EP2014681A1 (en) * | 2007-07-12 | 2009-01-14 | Pierre Fabre Medicament | Novel antibodies inhibiting c-met dimerization, and uses thereof |
AU2016228280B2 (en) * | 2007-07-12 | 2019-02-21 | Pierre Fabre Medicament | Novel antibodies inhibiting c-met dimerization, and uses thereof |
AU2014200630B2 (en) * | 2007-07-12 | 2016-10-06 | Pierre Fabre Medicament | Novel antibodies inhibiting c-met dimerization, and uses thereof |
WO2009014744A1 (en) | 2007-07-25 | 2009-01-29 | Alexion Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating autoimmune disease |
EP2197421A1 (en) * | 2007-08-31 | 2010-06-23 | Amgen, Inc | Solid-state protein formulation |
CA2701032C (en) | 2007-09-27 | 2021-01-26 | Amgen Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations |
US8796206B2 (en) | 2007-11-15 | 2014-08-05 | Amgen Inc. | Aqueous formulation of erythropoiesis stimulating protein stabilised by antioxidants for parenteral administration |
US20110092452A1 (en) * | 2008-03-05 | 2011-04-21 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Compositions and methods for diagnosing and treating pancreatic cancer |
TW200942552A (en) * | 2008-03-06 | 2009-10-16 | Genentech Inc | Combination therapy with c-Met and HER antagonists |
CA2716851A1 (en) * | 2008-03-06 | 2009-09-11 | Genentech, Inc. | Combination therapy with c-met and egfr antagonists |
IL198545A0 (en) * | 2008-05-14 | 2011-07-31 | Metheresis Translational Res Sa | High affinity binding site of hgfr and methods for identification of antagonists thereof |
US8455623B2 (en) * | 2008-05-21 | 2013-06-04 | Oncomed Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for diagnosing and treating cancer |
EP2143441A1 (en) * | 2008-07-08 | 2010-01-13 | Pierre Fabre Medicament | Combination of a c-Met antagonist and an aminoheteroaryl compound for the treatment of cancer |
CN102137939A (en) * | 2008-08-29 | 2011-07-27 | 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 | Diagnostics and treatments for VEGF-independent tumors |
PA8849001A1 (en) | 2008-11-21 | 2010-06-28 | Lilly Co Eli | C-MET ANTIBODIES |
AR074439A1 (en) * | 2008-12-02 | 2011-01-19 | Pf Medicament | ANTI-CMET ANTIBODY (C-MET RECEIVER) |
US8545839B2 (en) | 2008-12-02 | 2013-10-01 | Pierre Fabre Medicament | Anti-c-Met antibody |
WO2010064089A1 (en) * | 2008-12-02 | 2010-06-10 | Pierre Fabre Medicament | Novel anti-cmet antibody |
US9469691B2 (en) | 2008-12-02 | 2016-10-18 | Pierre Fabre Medicament | Anti-cMET antibody |
PL3903829T3 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2023-08-14 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Immunoconjugates with an intracellularly-cleavable linkage |
KR20110124369A (en) | 2009-04-07 | 2011-11-16 | 로슈 글리카트 아게 | Bispecific anti-erbb-3/anti-c-met antibodies |
WO2010115553A1 (en) | 2009-04-07 | 2010-10-14 | Roche Glycart Ag | Bispecific anti-erbb-2/anti-c-met antibodies |
EP2478110B1 (en) | 2009-09-16 | 2016-01-06 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Class i anti-cea antibodies and uses thereof |
AU2010310457B2 (en) | 2009-10-23 | 2015-07-02 | Amgen Inc. | Vial adapter and system |
KR101748707B1 (en) * | 2009-11-27 | 2017-06-20 | 삼성전자주식회사 | c-Met specific antibodies and diagnosis kit for cancer using thereof |
WO2011068845A1 (en) | 2009-12-02 | 2011-06-09 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Combining radioimmunotherapy and antibody-drug conjugates for improved cancer therapy |
SG10201501767VA (en) * | 2010-03-10 | 2015-05-28 | Genmab As | Monoclonal antibodies against c-met |
WO2011123813A2 (en) | 2010-04-02 | 2011-10-06 | Amunix Operating Inc. | Binding fusion proteins, binding fusion protein-drug conjugates, xten-drug conjugates and methods of making and using same |
PT2560993T (en) | 2010-04-20 | 2024-09-16 | Genmab As | Heterodimeric antibody fc-containing proteins and methods for production thereof |
US20110287003A1 (en) * | 2010-05-14 | 2011-11-24 | Genentech, Inc. | Treatment methods |
RS54291B2 (en) | 2010-06-07 | 2023-12-29 | Amgen Inc | Drug delivery device |
US20130315895A1 (en) | 2010-07-01 | 2013-11-28 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | COMBINATION OF A cMET INHIBITOR AND AN ANTIBODY TO HGF AND/OR cMET |
WO2012006635A1 (en) | 2010-07-09 | 2012-01-12 | Biogen Idec Hemophilia Inc. | Processable single chain molecules and polypeptides made using same |
WO2012044577A1 (en) | 2010-09-27 | 2012-04-05 | Exelixis, Inc. | Dual inhibitors of met and vegf for the treatment of castration resistant prostate cancer and osteoblastic bone metastases |
EP2635602B1 (en) | 2010-11-03 | 2016-09-07 | Argen-X Nv | Anti c-met antibodies |
CN107312796A (en) | 2010-12-15 | 2017-11-03 | 大学共同利用机关法人情报·系统研究机构 | Method for producing protein |
MX341790B (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2016-09-02 | Amgen Inc | Vial adapter and system. |
CA3145238A1 (en) | 2011-04-20 | 2012-10-26 | Amgen Inc. | Autoinjector apparatus |
CA2831572C (en) | 2011-05-02 | 2019-11-26 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Ultrafiltration concentration of allotype selected antibodies for small-volume administration |
KR20140045440A (en) | 2011-06-30 | 2014-04-16 | 제넨테크, 인크. | Anti-c-met antibody formulations |
US9738707B2 (en) | 2011-07-15 | 2017-08-22 | Biogen Ma Inc. | Heterodimeric Fc regions, binding molecules comprising same, and methods relating thereto |
JP2015527869A (en) | 2011-08-26 | 2015-09-24 | メリマック ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレーティッド | Tandem Fc bispecific antibody |
US9201074B2 (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2015-12-01 | Eli Lilly And Company | Anti-c-Met antibodies |
CA2851521C (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2020-09-22 | Amgen Inc. | Injector and method of assembly |
EP3674320A3 (en) | 2011-10-27 | 2020-08-12 | Genmab A/S | Production of heterodimeric proteins |
US9926364B2 (en) | 2011-11-03 | 2018-03-27 | Argen-X N.V. | Chimeric human-llama antigens and methods of use |
TW201326193A (en) | 2011-11-21 | 2013-07-01 | Genentech Inc | Purification of anti-c-met antibodies |
US20150147274A1 (en) | 2011-12-02 | 2015-05-28 | Cancer Research Technology Limited | Antibodies against hgf - receptor and uses |
KR101910601B1 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2018-10-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Deimmunized anti c-Met humanized antibody and uses thereof |
WO2013106577A2 (en) | 2012-01-10 | 2013-07-18 | Biogen Idec Ma Inc. | Enhancement of transport of therapeutic molecules across the blood brain barrier |
WO2013152252A1 (en) | 2012-04-06 | 2013-10-10 | OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC | Combination anti-cancer therapy |
EP2863946A4 (en) | 2012-06-21 | 2016-04-13 | Sorrento Therapeutics Inc | Antigen binding proteins that bind c-met |
EP2885002A4 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2016-04-20 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals Inc | T-cell redirecting bispecific antibodies for treatment of disease |
KR101819404B1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2018-02-28 | 메디뮨 리미티드 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
EP2727941A1 (en) | 2012-11-05 | 2014-05-07 | MAB Discovery GmbH | Method for the production of multispecific antibodies |
EP2914629A1 (en) | 2012-11-05 | 2015-09-09 | MAB Discovery GmbH | Method for the production of multispecific antibodies |
AU2013348071B2 (en) | 2012-11-21 | 2018-05-24 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device |
US9695228B2 (en) * | 2012-11-21 | 2017-07-04 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | EGFR and c-Met fibronectin type III domain binding molecules |
WO2017004144A1 (en) | 2015-07-01 | 2017-01-05 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Antibody-sn-38 immunoconjugates with a cl2a linker |
AU2013360335B2 (en) | 2012-12-13 | 2017-12-07 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Dosages of immunoconjugates of antibodies and SN-38 for improved efficacy and decreased toxicity |
ITTO20130012A1 (en) * | 2013-01-09 | 2014-07-10 | Metheresis Translational Res S A | NEW ANTICORPAL FRAGMENTS, RELATED COMPOSITIONS AND USES |
WO2014138449A1 (en) | 2013-03-06 | 2014-09-12 | Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Anti-c-met tandem fc bispecific antibodies |
JP6444902B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2018-12-26 | メドイミューン・リミテッドMedImmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine and its conjugates |
US9168300B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2015-10-27 | Oncomed Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | MET-binding agents and uses thereof |
EP2968760B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2024-01-03 | Amgen Inc. | Drug cassette, autoinjector, and autoinjector system |
TWI592183B (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-07-21 | 安美基公司 | Body contour adaptable autoinjector device |
WO2014143815A2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Amgen Inc. | Drug cassette, autoinjector, and autoinjector system |
TWI683666B (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-02-01 | 美商百歐維拉提夫治療公司 | Factor ix polypeptide formulations |
LT2976117T (en) | 2013-03-22 | 2021-02-25 | Amgen Inc. | Injector and method of assembly |
WO2015057545A2 (en) | 2013-10-14 | 2015-04-23 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Cysteine engineered fibronectin type iii domain binding molecules |
EP3501575B1 (en) | 2013-10-24 | 2021-12-01 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery system with temperature-sensitive-control |
BR112016008946B1 (en) | 2013-10-24 | 2022-12-27 | Amgen Inc | INJECTORS AND METHOD FOR ASSEMBLING THE INJECTORS |
WO2015119906A1 (en) | 2014-02-05 | 2015-08-13 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery system with electromagnetic field generator |
WO2015126548A1 (en) | 2014-02-21 | 2015-08-27 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Disease therapy by inducing immune response to trop-2 expressing cells |
CN106029098A (en) | 2014-02-25 | 2016-10-12 | 免疫医疗公司 | Humanized RFB4 anti-CD22 antibody |
JP2017516458A (en) | 2014-03-24 | 2017-06-22 | ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド | Cancer treatment with c-met antagonist and correlation with HGF expression of c-met antagonist |
EP3139977B1 (en) | 2014-05-07 | 2021-02-17 | Amgen Inc. | Autoinjector with shock reducing elements |
SG11201609966SA (en) | 2014-06-03 | 2016-12-29 | Amgen Inc | Drug delivery system and method of use |
WO2015200260A1 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2015-12-30 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Anti-histone therapy for vascular necrosis in severe glomerulonephritis |
CN106687141A (en) | 2014-09-10 | 2017-05-17 | 麦迪穆有限责任公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
KR102200274B1 (en) | 2014-09-16 | 2021-01-08 | 심포젠 에이/에스 | Anti-met antibodies and compositions |
EP3954373A1 (en) | 2014-10-07 | 2022-02-16 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Neoadjuvant use of antibody-drug conjugates |
MX2021014323A (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2023-02-02 | Amgen Inc | Drug injection device with visual and audio indicators. |
EP3689394A1 (en) | 2014-12-19 | 2020-08-05 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device with live button or user interface field |
EP3848072A1 (en) | 2014-12-19 | 2021-07-14 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device with proximity sensor |
CN107636159B (en) | 2015-02-04 | 2022-06-14 | 百时美施贵宝公司 | Method for selecting therapeutic molecules |
EP3253875B1 (en) | 2015-02-04 | 2020-01-08 | H. Hoffnabb-La Roche Ag | Tau antisense oligomers and uses thereof |
EP3556411B1 (en) | 2015-02-17 | 2021-06-30 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device with vacuum assisted securement and/or feedback |
EP3261690B1 (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2021-12-15 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device having a needle guard mechanism with a tunable threshold of resistance to needle guard movement |
CN107428837A (en) | 2015-04-22 | 2017-12-01 | 免疫医疗公司 | Circulate separation, detection, diagnosis and/or the identification of the positive cancer cells of TROP 2 |
EP3313443B9 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2023-10-04 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Combining anti-hla-dr or anti-trop-2 antibodies with microtubule inhibitors, parp inhibitors, bruton kinase inhibitors or phosphoinositide 3-kinase inhibitors significantly improves therapeutic outcome in cancer |
WO2017039786A1 (en) | 2015-09-02 | 2017-03-09 | Amgen Inc. | Syringe assembly adapter for a syringe |
US11351308B2 (en) | 2015-12-09 | 2022-06-07 | Amgen Inc. | Auto-injector with signaling cap |
WO2017120178A1 (en) | 2016-01-06 | 2017-07-13 | Amgen Inc. | Auto-injector with signaling electronics |
ES2814287T3 (en) | 2016-03-15 | 2021-03-26 | Amgen Inc | Reduce the likelihood of glass breakage in drug delivery devices |
WO2017189089A1 (en) | 2016-04-29 | 2017-11-02 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device with messaging label |
US11389588B2 (en) | 2016-05-02 | 2022-07-19 | Amgen Inc. | Syringe adapter and guide for filling an on-body injector |
WO2017197222A1 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2017-11-16 | Amgen Inc. | Vial sleeve assembly |
WO2017200989A1 (en) | 2016-05-16 | 2017-11-23 | Amgen Inc. | Data encryption in medical devices with limited computational capability |
WO2017209899A1 (en) | 2016-06-03 | 2017-12-07 | Amgen Inc. | Impact testing apparatuses and methods for drug delivery devices |
EP3471750A4 (en) | 2016-06-21 | 2020-02-26 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Cysteine engineered fibronectin type iii domain binding molecules |
GB201611123D0 (en) | 2016-06-27 | 2016-08-10 | Euremab Srl | Anti met antibodiesand uses thereof |
EP3478342A1 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2019-05-08 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device having minimized risk of component fracture upon impact events |
WO2018034784A1 (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2018-02-22 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device with placement detection |
US20200023072A1 (en) | 2016-10-11 | 2020-01-23 | Medimmune Limited | Antibody-drug conjugates with immune-mediated therapy agents |
WO2018081234A1 (en) | 2016-10-25 | 2018-05-03 | Amgen Inc. | On-body injector |
TWI782930B (en) | 2016-11-16 | 2022-11-11 | 美商再生元醫藥公司 | Anti-met antibodies, bispecific antigen binding molecules that bind met, and methods of use thereof |
CN110022903B (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2022-06-03 | 伊莱利利公司 | MET antibody drug conjugates |
WO2018111978A1 (en) | 2016-12-14 | 2018-06-21 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Cd137 binding fibronectin type iii domains |
CA3046963A1 (en) | 2016-12-14 | 2018-06-21 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Cd8a-binding fibronectin type iii domains |
US10597438B2 (en) | 2016-12-14 | 2020-03-24 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | PD-L1 binding fibronectin type III domains |
US20180230218A1 (en) | 2017-01-04 | 2018-08-16 | Immunogen, Inc. | Met antibodies and immunoconjugates and uses thereof |
AU2018210301A1 (en) | 2017-01-17 | 2019-08-01 | Amgen Inc. | Injection devices and related methods of use and assembly |
US11369736B2 (en) | 2017-02-17 | 2022-06-28 | Amgen Inc. | Cannula insertion and retraction mechanisms |
CA3048520A1 (en) | 2017-02-17 | 2018-08-23 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device with sterile fluid flowpath and related method of assembly |
JP2020508803A (en) | 2017-03-06 | 2020-03-26 | アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド | Drug delivery device with anti-actuation feature |
SG11201908058UA (en) | 2017-03-07 | 2019-09-27 | Amgen Inc | Needle insertion by overpressure |
KR102619150B1 (en) | 2017-03-09 | 2023-12-27 | 암겐 인코포레이티드 | Insertion mechanism for drug delivery device |
SI3600491T1 (en) | 2017-03-28 | 2023-11-30 | Amgen Inc. | Plunger rod and syringe assembly system and method |
AU2018280054B2 (en) | 2017-06-08 | 2023-07-13 | Amgen Inc. | Syringe assembly for a drug delivery device and method of assembly |
CN110709121B (en) | 2017-06-08 | 2022-06-24 | 安进公司 | Torque-driven drug delivery device |
MX2019015472A (en) | 2017-06-22 | 2020-02-19 | Amgen Inc | Device activation impact/shock reduction. |
WO2018237225A1 (en) | 2017-06-23 | 2018-12-27 | Amgen Inc. | Electronic drug delivery device comprising a cap activated by a switch assembly |
EP3651832B1 (en) | 2017-07-14 | 2023-12-13 | Amgen Inc. | Needle insertion-retraction system having dual torsion spring system |
MA49626A (en) | 2017-07-21 | 2020-05-27 | Amgen Inc | GAS PERMEABLE SEALING ELEMENT FOR DRUG CONTAINER AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES |
EP3658203B1 (en) | 2017-07-25 | 2022-08-31 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device with gear module and related method of assembly |
MA49676A (en) | 2017-07-25 | 2020-06-03 | Amgen Inc | DRUG ADMINISTRATION DEVICE EQUIPPED WITH A CONTAINER ACCESS SYSTEM AND ASSOCIATED ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE |
WO2019032482A2 (en) | 2017-08-09 | 2019-02-14 | Amgen Inc. | Hydraulic-pneumatic pressurized chamber drug delivery system |
EP3668567A1 (en) | 2017-08-18 | 2020-06-24 | Amgen Inc. | Wearable injector with sterile adhesive patch |
US11103636B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2021-08-31 | Amgen Inc. | Needle insertion mechanism for drug delivery device |
WO2019067499A1 (en) | 2017-09-27 | 2019-04-04 | Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biomarker signature for predicting tumor response to anti-cd200 therapy |
MA50611A (en) | 2017-10-04 | 2020-08-12 | Amgen Inc | FLOW ADAPTER FOR A DRUG DELIVERY DEVICE |
WO2019070552A1 (en) | 2017-10-06 | 2019-04-11 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device with interlock assembly and related method of assembly |
US11464903B2 (en) | 2017-10-09 | 2022-10-11 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device with drive assembly and related method of assembly |
MA50527A (en) | 2017-11-03 | 2020-09-09 | Amgen Inc | SYSTEM AND APPROACHES TO STERILIZE A DRUG DELIVERY DEVICE |
EP3707075A1 (en) | 2017-11-06 | 2020-09-16 | Amgen Inc. | Fill-finish assemblies and related methods |
EP3706830B1 (en) | 2017-11-06 | 2024-08-07 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device with placement and flow sensing |
CN111225696B (en) | 2017-11-10 | 2023-07-18 | 安进公司 | Plunger for a drug delivery device |
AU2018368340B2 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2024-03-07 | Amgen Inc. | Door latch mechanism for drug delivery device |
AU2018368338B2 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2024-07-25 | Amgen Inc. | Autoinjector with stall and end point detection |
IT201800000535A1 (en) | 2018-01-03 | 2019-07-03 | Procedures for the treatment of cancer. | |
EP3796942A1 (en) | 2018-05-23 | 2021-03-31 | ADC Therapeutics SA | Molecular adjuvant |
US10835685B2 (en) | 2018-05-30 | 2020-11-17 | Amgen Inc. | Thermal spring release mechanism for a drug delivery device |
US11083840B2 (en) | 2018-06-01 | 2021-08-10 | Amgen Inc. | Modular fluid path assemblies for drug delivery devices |
WO2020014306A1 (en) | 2018-07-10 | 2020-01-16 | Immunogen, Inc. | Met antibodies and immunoconjugates and uses thereof |
MA53379A (en) | 2018-07-24 | 2021-06-02 | Amgen Inc | ADMINISTRATION DEVICES FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICINES |
MA53375A (en) | 2018-07-24 | 2021-06-02 | Amgen Inc | ADMINISTRATION DEVICES FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICINES |
US12115360B2 (en) | 2018-07-24 | 2024-10-15 | Amgen Inc. | Hybrid drug delivery devices with grip portion |
WO2020023220A1 (en) | 2018-07-24 | 2020-01-30 | Amgen Inc. | Hybrid drug delivery devices with tacky skin attachment portion and related method of preparation |
US12109389B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2024-10-08 | Amgen Inc. | Fluid path assembly for a drug delivery device |
US20210346601A1 (en) | 2018-09-24 | 2021-11-11 | Amgen Inc. | Interventional dosing systems and methods |
AU2019350660B2 (en) | 2018-09-28 | 2024-09-26 | Amgen Inc. | Muscle wire escapement activation assembly for a drug delivery device |
CN117159846A (en) | 2018-10-02 | 2023-12-05 | 安进公司 | Injection system for drug delivery with internal force transfer |
CA3112214A1 (en) | 2018-10-05 | 2020-04-09 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device having dose indicator |
MA53912A (en) | 2018-10-15 | 2022-01-19 | Amgen Inc | DRUG DELIVERY DEVICE INCLUDING A DAMPENING MECHANISM |
MX2021002791A (en) | 2018-10-15 | 2021-05-12 | Amgen Inc | Platform assembly process for drug delivery device. |
TWI831847B (en) | 2018-11-01 | 2024-02-11 | 美商安進公司 | Drug delivery devices with partial needle retraction and methods for operating the same |
EP3873563A1 (en) | 2018-11-01 | 2021-09-08 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery devices with partial drug delivery member retraction |
US11213620B2 (en) | 2018-11-01 | 2022-01-04 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery devices with partial drug delivery member retraction |
US20220040319A1 (en) | 2019-02-21 | 2022-02-10 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating ocular cancer using anti-met antibodies and bispecific antigen binding molecules that bind met |
CA3137360A1 (en) | 2019-04-24 | 2020-10-29 | Amgen Inc. | Syringe sterilization verification assemblies and methods |
EP4003003A4 (en) * | 2019-07-26 | 2023-07-26 | Ambys Medicines, Inc. | Methods and compositions for producing hepatocytes |
WO2021041067A2 (en) | 2019-08-23 | 2021-03-04 | Amgen Inc. | Drug delivery device with configurable needle shield engagement components and related methods |
MX2022002886A (en) | 2019-09-16 | 2022-04-06 | Regeneron Pharma | Radiolabeled met binding proteins for immuno-pet imaging. |
US11781138B2 (en) | 2019-10-14 | 2023-10-10 | Aro Biotherapeutics Company | FN3 domain-siRNA conjugates and uses thereof |
WO2021076546A1 (en) | 2019-10-14 | 2021-04-22 | Aro Biotherapeutics Company | Cd71 binding fibronectin type iii domains |
CN115461362A (en) | 2020-04-14 | 2022-12-09 | 葛兰素史密斯克莱知识产权发展有限公司 | Cancer combination therapy based on ICOS antibody and PD-L1 antibody TGF-beta receptor fusion protein |
US20230372528A1 (en) | 2020-10-16 | 2023-11-23 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Glycoconjugates |
GB202102396D0 (en) | 2021-02-19 | 2021-04-07 | Adc Therapeutics Sa | Molecular adjuvant |
BR112023021325A2 (en) | 2021-04-14 | 2023-12-19 | Aro Biotherapeutics Company | CD71-BINDING TYPE III FIBRONECTIN DOMAINS |
JPWO2022239720A1 (en) | 2021-05-10 | 2022-11-17 | ||
US20240208680A1 (en) | 2021-05-21 | 2024-06-27 | Amgen Inc. | Method of optimizing a filling recipe for a drug container |
TW202328188A (en) * | 2021-09-03 | 2023-07-16 | 美商Go治療公司 | Anti-glyco-cmet antibodies and their uses |
US20240084041A1 (en) | 2022-09-01 | 2024-03-14 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating non-small cell lung cancer using mesenchymal epithelial transition factor (met)-targeted agents |
Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4342566A (en) * | 1980-02-22 | 1982-08-03 | Scripps Clinic & Research Foundation | Solid phase anti-C3 assay for detection of immune complexes |
US4816567A (en) * | 1983-04-08 | 1989-03-28 | Genentech, Inc. | Recombinant immunoglobin preparations |
US5227158A (en) * | 1991-06-10 | 1993-07-13 | Genentech, Inc. | Method of stimulating hepatocyte proliferation by administration of hepatocyte growth factor and gamma-interferon |
US5316921A (en) * | 1992-05-18 | 1994-05-31 | Genentech, Inc. | Single-chain hepatocyte growth factor variants |
US5328837A (en) * | 1992-05-18 | 1994-07-12 | Genentech, Inc. | Hepatocyte growth factor protease domain variants |
US5362716A (en) * | 1989-12-27 | 1994-11-08 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Methods for stimulating hematopoietic progenitors using hepatocyte growth factor and lymphokines |
US5547856A (en) * | 1992-05-18 | 1996-08-20 | Genentech, Inc. | Hepatocyte growth factor variants |
US5871959A (en) * | 1989-12-27 | 1999-02-16 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Method of producing hepatocycte growth factor/scatter factor and related cell lines |
US6207152B1 (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 2001-03-27 | Genentech, Inc. | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US6214344B1 (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 2001-04-10 | Genetech, Inc. | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
Family Cites Families (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6776A (en) * | 1849-10-09 | Hydraulic pbess for cotton | ||
US669971A (en) * | 1900-09-11 | 1901-03-19 | Josef Adler | Magazine-camera. |
US5648273A (en) * | 1989-12-27 | 1997-07-15 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Hepatic growth factor receptor is the MET proto-oncogene |
EP0571387B1 (en) * | 1990-09-14 | 2003-12-17 | THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA as represented by the Secretary United States Department of Commerce | A non-mitogenic competitive hgf antagonist |
AU651452B2 (en) * | 1991-05-10 | 1994-07-21 | Pharmacia & Upjohn S.P.A. | Truncated forms of the hepatocyte growth factor receptor |
WO1994004679A1 (en) * | 1991-06-14 | 1994-03-03 | Genentech, Inc. | Method for making humanized antibodies |
WO1993023550A2 (en) * | 1992-05-18 | 1993-11-25 | Genentech, Inc. | Activation of oligomerizing receptors by using fused receptor ligands |
DE69334159D1 (en) * | 1992-09-18 | 2007-09-13 | Us Gov Health & Human Serv | Medical use of an antibody or an antibody fragment against the extracellular domain of Met for the prevention of metastases |
ES2108460T3 (en) * | 1993-06-03 | 1997-12-16 | Therapeutic Antibodies Inc | FRAGMENTS OF ANTIBODIES IN THERAPEUTICS. |
CN1056153C (en) * | 1993-06-30 | 2000-09-06 | 法玛西雅厄普约翰公司 | Peptide inhibitors of mitogenesis and motorgenesis |
US5646036A (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 1997-07-08 | Genentech, Inc. | Nucleic acids encoding hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonist antibodies |
-
1995
- 1995-06-02 US US08/460,368 patent/US5686292A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1996
- 1996-05-29 ZA ZA9604383A patent/ZA964383B/en unknown
- 1996-05-30 IL IL11847696A patent/IL118476A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1996-05-31 EP EP06017254A patent/EP1746160A3/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1996-05-31 WO PCT/US1996/008094 patent/WO1996038557A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1996-05-31 AU AU61471/96A patent/AU713862B2/en not_active Expired
- 1996-05-31 EP EP96919018A patent/EP0832224A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1996-05-31 JP JP8536672A patent/JPH11506327A/en not_active Ceased
- 1996-05-31 US US08/952,235 patent/US6207152B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-05-31 CA CA2223269A patent/CA2223269C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2000
- 2000-09-26 US US09/669,971 patent/US6468529B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2009
- 2009-02-04 US US12/365,495 patent/US20090148457A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2011
- 2011-01-24 US US13/012,632 patent/US20110280870A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2012
- 2012-06-08 US US13/492,709 patent/US20120321628A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2013
- 2013-06-06 US US13/911,407 patent/US20140056921A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4342566A (en) * | 1980-02-22 | 1982-08-03 | Scripps Clinic & Research Foundation | Solid phase anti-C3 assay for detection of immune complexes |
US4816567A (en) * | 1983-04-08 | 1989-03-28 | Genentech, Inc. | Recombinant immunoglobin preparations |
US5362716A (en) * | 1989-12-27 | 1994-11-08 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Methods for stimulating hematopoietic progenitors using hepatocyte growth factor and lymphokines |
US5871959A (en) * | 1989-12-27 | 1999-02-16 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Method of producing hepatocycte growth factor/scatter factor and related cell lines |
US5227158A (en) * | 1991-06-10 | 1993-07-13 | Genentech, Inc. | Method of stimulating hepatocyte proliferation by administration of hepatocyte growth factor and gamma-interferon |
US5316921A (en) * | 1992-05-18 | 1994-05-31 | Genentech, Inc. | Single-chain hepatocyte growth factor variants |
US5328837A (en) * | 1992-05-18 | 1994-07-12 | Genentech, Inc. | Hepatocyte growth factor protease domain variants |
US5547856A (en) * | 1992-05-18 | 1996-08-20 | Genentech, Inc. | Hepatocyte growth factor variants |
US6207152B1 (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 2001-03-27 | Genentech, Inc. | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US6214344B1 (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 2001-04-10 | Genetech, Inc. | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
US6468529B1 (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 2002-10-22 | Genentech, Inc. | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20110104176A1 (en) * | 2009-10-30 | 2011-05-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Antibody specifically binding to c-met and use thereof |
US8563696B2 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2013-10-22 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Antibody specifically binding to c-Met |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA2223269A1 (en) | 1996-12-05 |
IL118476A (en) | 2000-10-31 |
EP1746160A2 (en) | 2007-01-24 |
EP0832224A1 (en) | 1998-04-01 |
AU6147196A (en) | 1996-12-18 |
US6468529B1 (en) | 2002-10-22 |
US6207152B1 (en) | 2001-03-27 |
US20140056921A1 (en) | 2014-02-27 |
US20120321628A1 (en) | 2012-12-20 |
EP1746160A3 (en) | 2007-05-23 |
AU713862B2 (en) | 1999-12-09 |
CA2223269C (en) | 2012-10-02 |
JPH11506327A (en) | 1999-06-08 |
WO1996038557A1 (en) | 1996-12-05 |
US5686292A (en) | 1997-11-11 |
US20110280870A1 (en) | 2011-11-17 |
ZA964383B (en) | 1997-12-01 |
IL118476A0 (en) | 1996-09-12 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6468529B1 (en) | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof | |
US20080044415A1 (en) | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof | |
US6099841A (en) | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor agonists and uses thereof | |
US6214344B1 (en) | Hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonists and uses thereof | |
US5646036A (en) | Nucleic acids encoding hepatocyte growth factor receptor antagonist antibodies | |
CA2301964C (en) | Agonist antibodies to the thrombopoietin receptor, and their therapeutic uses | |
US20070098707A1 (en) | Methods and Compositions for Inhibiting C-MET Dimerization and Activation | |
US20060177441A1 (en) | Agonist antibodies | |
US20100196361A1 (en) | Method of inhibition of vascular development using an antibody | |
US20110059105A1 (en) | Tie complex binding proteins | |
CA2576886A1 (en) | Tie complex binding proteins | |
KR20180021136A (en) | Anti-vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 2 (VEGFR2) antibody | |
AU2003201322B2 (en) | Agonist antibodies to the thrombopoietin receptor, and their therapeutic uses |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |